forked from mirrors/gecko-dev
7907 lines
237 KiB
C++
7907 lines
237 KiB
C++
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
|
/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
|
|
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
|
|
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
|
|
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
|
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLInputElement.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/AsyncEventDispatcher.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/Date.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/Directory.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLFormSubmission.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/FileSystemUtils.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/GetFilesHelper.h"
|
|
#include "nsAttrValueInlines.h"
|
|
#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLInputElement.h"
|
|
#include "nsITextControlElement.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMNSEditableElement.h"
|
|
#include "nsIRadioVisitor.h"
|
|
#include "InputType.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "HTMLFormSubmissionConstants.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Telemetry.h"
|
|
#include "nsIControllers.h"
|
|
#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
|
|
#include "nsFocusManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsColorControlFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsNumberControlFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
|
|
#include "nsRepeatService.h"
|
|
#include "nsContentCID.h"
|
|
#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLFormElement.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/ProgressEvent.h"
|
|
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleConsts.h"
|
|
#include "nsPresContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsMappedAttributes.h"
|
|
#include "nsIFormControl.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDocument.h"
|
|
#include "nsIPresShell.h"
|
|
#include "nsIFormControlFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsITextControlFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsIFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsRangeFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsError.h"
|
|
#include "nsIEditor.h"
|
|
#include "nsDocument.h"
|
|
#include "nsAttrValueOrString.h"
|
|
#include "nsDateTimeControlFrame.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsPresState.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMEvent.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMNodeList.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLCollection.h"
|
|
#include "nsLinebreakConverter.h" //to strip out carriage returns
|
|
#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsVariant.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIDOMMutationEvent.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/ContentEvents.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/EventDispatcher.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/EventStates.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/GenericSpecifiedValuesInlines.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/InternalMutationEvent.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/TextEditor.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/TextEvents.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/TouchEvents.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|
|
|
// input type=radio
|
|
#include "nsIRadioGroupContainer.h"
|
|
|
|
// input type=file
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/FileSystemEntry.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/FileSystem.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/File.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/FileList.h"
|
|
#include "nsIFile.h"
|
|
#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
|
|
#include "nsIContentPrefService2.h"
|
|
#include "nsIMIMEService.h"
|
|
#include "nsIObserverService.h"
|
|
#include "nsIPopupWindowManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsGlobalWindow.h"
|
|
|
|
// input type=image
|
|
#include "nsImageLoadingContent.h"
|
|
#include "imgRequestProxy.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "mozAutoDocUpdate.h"
|
|
#include "nsContentCreatorFunctions.h"
|
|
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/DirectionalityUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsRadioVisitor.h"
|
|
#include "nsTextEditorState.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/MathAlgorithms.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIIDNService.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <limits>
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIColorPicker.h"
|
|
#include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
|
|
#include "HTMLSplitOnSpacesTokenizer.h"
|
|
#include "nsIController.h"
|
|
#include "nsIMIMEInfo.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameSelection.h"
|
|
|
|
// input type=date
|
|
#include "js/Date.h"
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_NS_NEW_HTML_ELEMENT_CHECK_PARSER(Input)
|
|
|
|
// XXX align=left, hspace, vspace, border? other nav4 attrs
|
|
|
|
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kXULControllersCID, NS_XULCONTROLLERS_CID);
|
|
|
|
namespace mozilla {
|
|
namespace dom {
|
|
|
|
// First bits are needed for the control type.
|
|
#define NS_OUTER_ACTIVATE_EVENT (1 << 9)
|
|
#define NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE (1 << 10)
|
|
#define NS_NO_CONTENT_DISPATCH (1 << 11)
|
|
#define NS_ORIGINAL_INDETERMINATE_VALUE (1 << 12)
|
|
#define NS_CONTROL_TYPE(bits) ((bits) & ~( \
|
|
NS_OUTER_ACTIVATE_EVENT | NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE | NS_NO_CONTENT_DISPATCH | \
|
|
NS_ORIGINAL_INDETERMINATE_VALUE))
|
|
#define NS_PRE_HANDLE_BLUR_EVENT (1 << 13)
|
|
#define NS_PRE_HANDLE_INPUT_EVENT (1 << 14)
|
|
|
|
// whether textfields should be selected once focused:
|
|
// -1: no, 1: yes, 0: uninitialized
|
|
static int32_t gSelectTextFieldOnFocus;
|
|
UploadLastDir* HTMLInputElement::gUploadLastDir;
|
|
|
|
static const nsAttrValue::EnumTable kInputTypeTable[] = {
|
|
{ "button", NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON },
|
|
{ "checkbox", NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX },
|
|
{ "color", NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR },
|
|
{ "date", NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE },
|
|
{ "datetime-local", NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL },
|
|
{ "email", NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL },
|
|
{ "file", NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE },
|
|
{ "hidden", NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN },
|
|
{ "reset", NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET },
|
|
{ "image", NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE },
|
|
{ "month", NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH },
|
|
{ "number", NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER },
|
|
{ "password", NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD },
|
|
{ "radio", NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO },
|
|
{ "range", NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE },
|
|
{ "search", NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH },
|
|
{ "submit", NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT },
|
|
{ "tel", NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL },
|
|
{ "time", NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME },
|
|
{ "url", NS_FORM_INPUT_URL },
|
|
{ "week", NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK },
|
|
// "text" must be last for ParseAttribute to work right. If you add things
|
|
// before it, please update kInputDefaultType.
|
|
{ "text", NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT },
|
|
{ nullptr, 0 }
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Default type is 'text'.
|
|
static const nsAttrValue::EnumTable* kInputDefaultType =
|
|
&kInputTypeTable[ArrayLength(kInputTypeTable) - 2];
|
|
|
|
static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_AUTO = 0;
|
|
static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_NUMERIC = 1;
|
|
static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_DIGIT = 2;
|
|
static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_UPPERCASE = 3;
|
|
static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_LOWERCASE = 4;
|
|
static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_TITLECASE = 5;
|
|
static const uint8_t NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_AUTOCAPITALIZED = 6;
|
|
|
|
static const nsAttrValue::EnumTable kInputInputmodeTable[] = {
|
|
{ "auto", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_AUTO },
|
|
{ "numeric", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_NUMERIC },
|
|
{ "digit", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_DIGIT },
|
|
{ "uppercase", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_UPPERCASE },
|
|
{ "lowercase", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_LOWERCASE },
|
|
{ "titlecase", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_TITLECASE },
|
|
{ "autocapitalized", NS_INPUT_INPUTMODE_AUTOCAPITALIZED },
|
|
{ nullptr, 0 }
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Default inputmode value is "auto".
|
|
static const nsAttrValue::EnumTable* kInputDefaultInputmode = &kInputInputmodeTable[0];
|
|
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepScaleFactorDate = Decimal(86400000);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepScaleFactorNumberRange = Decimal(1);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepScaleFactorTime = Decimal(1000);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepScaleFactorMonth = Decimal(1);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepScaleFactorWeek = Decimal(7 * 86400000);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kDefaultStepBase = Decimal(0);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kDefaultStepBaseWeek = Decimal(-259200000);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kDefaultStep = Decimal(1);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kDefaultStepTime = Decimal(60);
|
|
const Decimal HTMLInputElement::kStepAny = Decimal(0);
|
|
|
|
const double HTMLInputElement::kMinimumYear = 1;
|
|
const double HTMLInputElement::kMaximumYear = 275760;
|
|
const double HTMLInputElement::kMaximumWeekInMaximumYear = 37;
|
|
const double HTMLInputElement::kMaximumDayInMaximumYear = 13;
|
|
const double HTMLInputElement::kMaximumMonthInMaximumYear = 9;
|
|
const double HTMLInputElement::kMaximumWeekInYear = 53;
|
|
const double HTMLInputElement::kMsPerDay = 24 * 60 * 60 * 1000;
|
|
|
|
#define NS_INPUT_ELEMENT_STATE_IID \
|
|
{ /* dc3b3d14-23e2-4479-b513-7b369343e3a0 */ \
|
|
0xdc3b3d14, \
|
|
0x23e2, \
|
|
0x4479, \
|
|
{0xb5, 0x13, 0x7b, 0x36, 0x93, 0x43, 0xe3, 0xa0} \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// An helper class for the dispatching of the 'change' event.
|
|
// This class is used when the FilePicker finished its task (or when files and
|
|
// directories are set by some chrome/test only method).
|
|
// The task of this class is to postpone the dispatching of 'change' and 'input'
|
|
// events at the end of the exploration of the directories.
|
|
class DispatchChangeEventCallback final : public GetFilesCallback
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
explicit DispatchChangeEventCallback(HTMLInputElement* aInputElement)
|
|
: mInputElement(aInputElement)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aInputElement);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
Callback(nsresult aStatus, const Sequence<RefPtr<File>>& aFiles) override
|
|
{
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory> array;
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aFiles.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = array.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsFile() = aFiles[i];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mInputElement->SetFilesOrDirectories(array, true);
|
|
Unused << NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(DispatchEvents()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
DispatchEvents()
|
|
{
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
|
|
rv = nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(mInputElement->OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(mInputElement.get()),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
|
|
false);
|
|
NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "DispatchTrustedEvent failed");
|
|
|
|
rv = nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(mInputElement->OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(mInputElement.get()),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("change"), true,
|
|
false);
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
RefPtr<HTMLInputElement> mInputElement;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
class HTMLInputElementState final : public nsISupports
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_INPUT_ELEMENT_STATE_IID)
|
|
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
|
|
|
|
bool IsCheckedSet()
|
|
{
|
|
return mCheckedSet;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool GetChecked()
|
|
{
|
|
return mChecked;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void SetChecked(bool aChecked)
|
|
{
|
|
mChecked = aChecked;
|
|
mCheckedSet = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsString& GetValue()
|
|
{
|
|
return mValue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void SetValue(const nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
mValue = aValue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
GetFilesOrDirectories(nsPIDOMWindowInner* aWindow,
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& aResult) const
|
|
{
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
if (mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths[i].mType == BlobImplOrDirectoryPath::eBlobImpl) {
|
|
RefPtr<File> file =
|
|
File::Create(aWindow,
|
|
mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths[i].mBlobImpl);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(file);
|
|
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = aResult.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsFile() = file;
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths[i].mType == BlobImplOrDirectoryPath::eDirectoryPath);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
|
|
nsresult rv =
|
|
NS_NewLocalFile(mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths[i].mDirectoryPath,
|
|
true, getter_AddRefs(file));
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<Directory> directory = Directory::Create(aWindow, file);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(directory);
|
|
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = aResult.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsDirectory() = directory;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void SetFilesOrDirectories(const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& aArray)
|
|
{
|
|
mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths.Clear();
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aArray.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
if (aArray[i].IsFile()) {
|
|
BlobImplOrDirectoryPath* data = mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths.AppendElement();
|
|
|
|
data->mBlobImpl = aArray[i].GetAsFile()->Impl();
|
|
data->mType = BlobImplOrDirectoryPath::eBlobImpl;
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aArray[i].IsDirectory());
|
|
nsAutoString fullPath;
|
|
nsresult rv = aArray[i].GetAsDirectory()->GetFullRealPath(fullPath);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BlobImplOrDirectoryPath* data =
|
|
mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths.AppendElement();
|
|
|
|
data->mDirectoryPath = fullPath;
|
|
data->mType = BlobImplOrDirectoryPath::eDirectoryPath;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
HTMLInputElementState()
|
|
: mValue()
|
|
, mChecked(false)
|
|
, mCheckedSet(false)
|
|
{}
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
~HTMLInputElementState() {}
|
|
|
|
nsString mValue;
|
|
|
|
struct BlobImplOrDirectoryPath
|
|
{
|
|
RefPtr<BlobImpl> mBlobImpl;
|
|
nsString mDirectoryPath;
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
eBlobImpl,
|
|
eDirectoryPath
|
|
} mType;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
nsTArray<BlobImplOrDirectoryPath> mBlobImplsOrDirectoryPaths;
|
|
|
|
bool mChecked;
|
|
bool mCheckedSet;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(HTMLInputElementState, NS_INPUT_ELEMENT_STATE_IID)
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(HTMLInputElementState, HTMLInputElementState)
|
|
|
|
struct HTMLInputElement::FileData
|
|
{
|
|
/**
|
|
* The value of the input if it is a file input. This is the list of files or
|
|
* directories DOM objects used when uploading a file. It is vital that this
|
|
* is kept separate from mValue so that it won't be possible to 'leak' the
|
|
* value from a text-input to a file-input. Additionally, the logic for this
|
|
* value is kept as simple as possible to avoid accidental errors where the
|
|
* wrong filename is used. Therefor the list of filenames is always owned by
|
|
* this member, never by the frame. Whenever the frame wants to change the
|
|
* filename it has to call SetFilesOrDirectories to update this member.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory> mFilesOrDirectories;
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<GetFilesHelper> mGetFilesRecursiveHelper;
|
|
RefPtr<GetFilesHelper> mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Hack for bug 1086684: Stash the .value when we're a file picker.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsString mFirstFilePath;
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<FileList> mFileList;
|
|
Sequence<RefPtr<FileSystemEntry>> mEntries;
|
|
|
|
nsString mStaticDocFileList;
|
|
|
|
void ClearGetFilesHelpers()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mGetFilesRecursiveHelper) {
|
|
mGetFilesRecursiveHelper->Unlink();
|
|
mGetFilesRecursiveHelper = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper) {
|
|
mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper->Unlink();
|
|
mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Cycle Collection support.
|
|
void Traverse(nsCycleCollectionTraversalCallback &cb)
|
|
{
|
|
FileData* tmp = this;
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mFilesOrDirectories)
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mFileList)
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mEntries)
|
|
if (mGetFilesRecursiveHelper) {
|
|
mGetFilesRecursiveHelper->Traverse(cb);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper) {
|
|
mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper->Traverse(cb);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Unlink()
|
|
{
|
|
FileData* tmp = this;
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mFilesOrDirectories)
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mFileList)
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mEntries)
|
|
ClearGetFilesHelpers();
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
HTMLInputElement::nsFilePickerShownCallback::nsFilePickerShownCallback(
|
|
HTMLInputElement* aInput, nsIFilePicker* aFilePicker)
|
|
: mFilePicker(aFilePicker)
|
|
, mInput(aInput)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback, nsIContentPrefCallback2)
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback::HandleCompletion(uint16_t aReason)
|
|
{
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
|
|
nsAutoString prefStr;
|
|
|
|
if (aReason == nsIContentPrefCallback2::COMPLETE_ERROR || !mResult) {
|
|
Preferences::GetString("dom.input.fallbackUploadDir", prefStr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (prefStr.IsEmpty() && mResult) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> pref;
|
|
mResult->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(pref));
|
|
pref->GetAsAString(prefStr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!prefStr.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
localFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID);
|
|
if (localFile && NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(localFile->InitWithPath(prefStr)))) {
|
|
localFile = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (localFile) {
|
|
mFilePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(localFile);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If no custom directory was set through the pref, default to
|
|
// "desktop" directory for each platform.
|
|
mFilePicker->SetDisplaySpecialDirectory(NS_LITERAL_STRING(NS_OS_DESKTOP_DIR));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mFilePicker->Open(mFpCallback);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback::HandleResult(nsIContentPref* pref)
|
|
{
|
|
mResult = pref;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback::HandleError(nsresult error)
|
|
{
|
|
// HandleCompletion is always called (even with HandleError was called),
|
|
// so we don't need to do anything special here.
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
namespace {
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* This may return nullptr if the DOM File's implementation of
|
|
* File::mozFullPathInternal does not successfully return a non-empty
|
|
* string that is a valid path. This can happen on Firefox OS, for example,
|
|
* where the file picker can create Blobs.
|
|
*/
|
|
static already_AddRefed<nsIFile>
|
|
LastUsedDirectory(const OwningFileOrDirectory& aData)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aData.IsFile()) {
|
|
nsAutoString path;
|
|
ErrorResult error;
|
|
aData.GetAsFile()->GetMozFullPathInternal(path, error);
|
|
if (error.Failed() || path.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
error.SuppressException();
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFile(path, true, getter_AddRefs(localFile));
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentFile;
|
|
rv = localFile->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFile));
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return parentFile.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aData.IsDirectory());
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile = aData.GetAsDirectory()->GetInternalNsIFile();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(localFile);
|
|
|
|
return localFile.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
GetDOMFileOrDirectoryName(const OwningFileOrDirectory& aData,
|
|
nsAString& aName)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aData.IsFile()) {
|
|
aData.GetAsFile()->GetName(aName);
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aData.IsDirectory());
|
|
ErrorResult rv;
|
|
aData.GetAsDirectory()->GetName(aName, rv);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(rv.Failed())) {
|
|
rv.SuppressException();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
GetDOMFileOrDirectoryPath(const OwningFileOrDirectory& aData,
|
|
nsAString& aPath,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aData.IsFile()) {
|
|
aData.GetAsFile()->GetMozFullPathInternal(aPath, aRv);
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aData.IsDirectory());
|
|
aData.GetAsDirectory()->GetFullRealPath(aPath);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} // namespace
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ValueAsDateEnabled(JSContext* cx, JSObject* obj)
|
|
{
|
|
return IsExperimentalFormsEnabled() || IsInputDateTimeEnabled() ||
|
|
IsInputDateTimeOthersEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::nsFilePickerShownCallback::Done(int16_t aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
mInput->PickerClosed();
|
|
|
|
if (aResult == nsIFilePicker::returnCancel) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int16_t mode;
|
|
mFilePicker->GetMode(&mode);
|
|
|
|
// Collect new selected filenames
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory> newFilesOrDirectories;
|
|
if (mode == static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeOpenMultiple)) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> iter;
|
|
nsresult rv =
|
|
mFilePicker->GetDomFileOrDirectoryEnumerator(getter_AddRefs(iter));
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
if (!iter) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> tmp;
|
|
bool hasMore = true;
|
|
|
|
while (NS_SUCCEEDED(iter->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
|
|
iter->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(tmp));
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMBlob> domBlob = do_QueryInterface(tmp);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(domBlob,
|
|
"Null file object from FilePicker's file enumerator?");
|
|
if (!domBlob) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = newFilesOrDirectories.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsFile() = static_cast<File*>(domBlob.get());
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mode == static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeOpen) ||
|
|
mode == static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeGetFolder));
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> tmp;
|
|
nsresult rv = mFilePicker->GetDomFileOrDirectory(getter_AddRefs(tmp));
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMBlob> blob = do_QueryInterface(tmp);
|
|
if (blob) {
|
|
RefPtr<File> file = static_cast<Blob*>(blob.get())->ToFile();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(file);
|
|
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = newFilesOrDirectories.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsFile() = file;
|
|
} else if (tmp) {
|
|
RefPtr<Directory> directory = static_cast<Directory*>(tmp.get());
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = newFilesOrDirectories.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsDirectory() = directory;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (newFilesOrDirectories.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Store the last used directory using the content pref service:
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> lastUsedDir = LastUsedDirectory(newFilesOrDirectories[0]);
|
|
|
|
if (lastUsedDir) {
|
|
HTMLInputElement::gUploadLastDir->StoreLastUsedDirectory(
|
|
mInput->OwnerDoc(), lastUsedDir);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The text control frame (if there is one) isn't going to send a change
|
|
// event because it will think this is done by a script.
|
|
// So, we can safely send one by ourself.
|
|
mInput->SetFilesOrDirectories(newFilesOrDirectories, true);
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<DispatchChangeEventCallback> dispatchChangeEventCallback =
|
|
new DispatchChangeEventCallback(mInput);
|
|
|
|
if (IsWebkitDirPickerEnabled() &&
|
|
mInput->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::webkitdirectory)) {
|
|
ErrorResult error;
|
|
GetFilesHelper* helper = mInput->GetOrCreateGetFilesHelper(true, error);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(error.Failed())) {
|
|
return error.StealNSResult();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
helper->AddCallback(dispatchChangeEventCallback);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return dispatchChangeEventCallback->DispatchEvents();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(HTMLInputElement::nsFilePickerShownCallback,
|
|
nsIFilePickerShownCallback)
|
|
|
|
class nsColorPickerShownCallback final
|
|
: public nsIColorPickerShownCallback
|
|
{
|
|
~nsColorPickerShownCallback() {}
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
nsColorPickerShownCallback(HTMLInputElement* aInput,
|
|
nsIColorPicker* aColorPicker)
|
|
: mInput(aInput)
|
|
, mColorPicker(aColorPicker)
|
|
, mValueChanged(false)
|
|
{}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHOD Update(const nsAString& aColor) override;
|
|
NS_IMETHOD Done(const nsAString& aColor) override;
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
/**
|
|
* Updates the internals of the object using aColor as the new value.
|
|
* If aTrustedUpdate is true, it will consider that aColor is a new value.
|
|
* Otherwise, it will check that aColor is different from the current value.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsresult UpdateInternal(const nsAString& aColor, bool aTrustedUpdate);
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<HTMLInputElement> mInput;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIColorPicker> mColorPicker;
|
|
bool mValueChanged;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsColorPickerShownCallback::UpdateInternal(const nsAString& aColor,
|
|
bool aTrustedUpdate)
|
|
{
|
|
bool valueChanged = false;
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString oldValue;
|
|
if (aTrustedUpdate) {
|
|
valueChanged = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mInput->GetValue(oldValue, CallerType::System);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IgnoredErrorResult rv;
|
|
mInput->SetValue(aColor, CallerType::System, rv);
|
|
|
|
if (!aTrustedUpdate) {
|
|
nsAutoString newValue;
|
|
mInput->GetValue(newValue, CallerType::System);
|
|
if (!oldValue.Equals(newValue)) {
|
|
valueChanged = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (valueChanged) {
|
|
mValueChanged = true;
|
|
return nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(mInput->OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(mInput.get()),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsColorPickerShownCallback::Update(const nsAString& aColor)
|
|
{
|
|
return UpdateInternal(aColor, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsColorPickerShownCallback::Done(const nsAString& aColor)
|
|
{
|
|
/**
|
|
* When Done() is called, we might be at the end of a serie of Update() calls
|
|
* in which case mValueChanged is set to true and a change event will have to
|
|
* be fired but we might also be in a one shot Done() call situation in which
|
|
* case we should fire a change event iif the value actually changed.
|
|
* UpdateInternal(bool) is taking care of that logic for us.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
mInput->PickerClosed();
|
|
|
|
if (!aColor.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
UpdateInternal(aColor, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mValueChanged) {
|
|
rv = nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(mInput->OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(mInput.get()),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("change"), true,
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsColorPickerShownCallback, nsIColorPickerShownCallback)
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsPopupBlocked() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> win = OwnerDoc()->GetWindow();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(win, "window should not be null");
|
|
if (!win) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check if page can open a popup without abuse regardless of allowed events
|
|
if (win->GetPopupControlState() <= openBlocked) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPopupWindowManager> pm = do_GetService(NS_POPUPWINDOWMANAGER_CONTRACTID);
|
|
if (!pm) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t permission;
|
|
pm->TestPermission(OwnerDoc()->NodePrincipal(), &permission);
|
|
return permission == nsIPopupWindowManager::DENY_POPUP;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::InitColorPicker()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mPickerRunning) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Just one nsIColorPicker is allowed");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> doc = OwnerDoc();
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> win = doc->GetWindow();
|
|
if (!win) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsPopupBlocked()) {
|
|
win->FirePopupBlockedEvent(doc, nullptr, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get Loc title
|
|
nsAutoString title;
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"ColorPicker", title);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIColorPicker> colorPicker = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/colorpicker;1");
|
|
if (!colorPicker) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString initialValue;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(initialValue);
|
|
nsresult rv = colorPicker->Init(win, title, initialValue);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIColorPickerShownCallback> callback =
|
|
new nsColorPickerShownCallback(this, colorPicker);
|
|
|
|
rv = colorPicker->Open(callback);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
mPickerRunning = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::InitFilePicker(FilePickerType aType)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mPickerRunning) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Just one nsIFilePicker is allowed");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get parent nsPIDOMWindow object.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> doc = OwnerDoc();
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> win = doc->GetWindow();
|
|
if (!win) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsPopupBlocked()) {
|
|
win->FirePopupBlockedEvent(doc, nullptr, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get Loc title
|
|
nsAutoString title;
|
|
nsAutoString okButtonLabel;
|
|
if (aType == FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY) {
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"DirectoryUpload", title);
|
|
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"DirectoryPickerOkButtonLabel",
|
|
okButtonLabel);
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"FileUpload", title);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePicker> filePicker = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/filepicker;1");
|
|
if (!filePicker)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
int16_t mode;
|
|
|
|
if (aType == FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY) {
|
|
mode = static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeGetFolder);
|
|
} else if (HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::multiple)) {
|
|
mode = static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeOpenMultiple);
|
|
} else {
|
|
mode = static_cast<int16_t>(nsIFilePicker::modeOpen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = filePicker->Init(win, title, mode);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
if (!okButtonLabel.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
filePicker->SetOkButtonLabel(okButtonLabel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Native directory pickers ignore file type filters, so we don't spend
|
|
// cycles adding them for FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY.
|
|
if (HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::accept) &&
|
|
aType != FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY) {
|
|
SetFilePickerFiltersFromAccept(filePicker);
|
|
} else {
|
|
filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterAll);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set default directory and filename
|
|
nsAutoString defaultName;
|
|
|
|
const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& oldFiles =
|
|
GetFilesOrDirectoriesInternal();
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePickerShownCallback> callback =
|
|
new HTMLInputElement::nsFilePickerShownCallback(this, filePicker);
|
|
|
|
if (!oldFiles.IsEmpty() &&
|
|
aType != FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY) {
|
|
nsAutoString path;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentFile = LastUsedDirectory(oldFiles[0]);
|
|
if (parentFile) {
|
|
filePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(parentFile);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Unfortunately nsIFilePicker doesn't allow multiple files to be
|
|
// default-selected, so only select something by default if exactly
|
|
// one file was selected before.
|
|
if (oldFiles.Length() == 1) {
|
|
nsAutoString leafName;
|
|
GetDOMFileOrDirectoryName(oldFiles[0], leafName);
|
|
|
|
if (!leafName.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
filePicker->SetDefaultString(leafName);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rv = filePicker->Open(callback);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
mPickerRunning = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
HTMLInputElement::gUploadLastDir->FetchDirectoryAndDisplayPicker(doc, filePicker, callback);
|
|
mPickerRunning = true;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define CPS_PREF_NAME NS_LITERAL_STRING("browser.upload.lastDir")
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(UploadLastDir, nsIObserver, nsISupportsWeakReference)
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::InitUploadLastDir() {
|
|
gUploadLastDir = new UploadLastDir();
|
|
NS_ADDREF(gUploadLastDir);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
|
|
mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
|
|
if (observerService && gUploadLastDir) {
|
|
observerService->AddObserver(gUploadLastDir, "browser:purge-session-history", true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DestroyUploadLastDir() {
|
|
NS_IF_RELEASE(gUploadLastDir);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
UploadLastDir::FetchDirectoryAndDisplayPicker(nsIDocument* aDoc,
|
|
nsIFilePicker* aFilePicker,
|
|
nsIFilePickerShownCallback* aFpCallback)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aDoc, "aDoc is null");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFilePicker, "aFilePicker is null");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFpCallback, "aFpCallback is null");
|
|
|
|
nsIURI* docURI = aDoc->GetDocumentURI();
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(docURI, "docURI is null");
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsILoadContext> loadContext = aDoc->GetLoadContext();
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentPrefCallback2> prefCallback =
|
|
new UploadLastDir::ContentPrefCallback(aFilePicker, aFpCallback);
|
|
|
|
// Attempt to get the CPS, if it's not present we'll fallback to use the Desktop folder
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentPrefService2> contentPrefService =
|
|
do_GetService(NS_CONTENT_PREF_SERVICE_CONTRACTID);
|
|
if (!contentPrefService) {
|
|
prefCallback->HandleCompletion(nsIContentPrefCallback2::COMPLETE_ERROR);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoCString cstrSpec;
|
|
docURI->GetSpec(cstrSpec);
|
|
NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 spec(cstrSpec);
|
|
|
|
contentPrefService->GetByDomainAndName(spec, CPS_PREF_NAME, loadContext, prefCallback);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
UploadLastDir::StoreLastUsedDirectory(nsIDocument* aDoc, nsIFile* aDir)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aDoc, "aDoc is null");
|
|
if (!aDir) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> docURI = aDoc->GetDocumentURI();
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(docURI, "docURI is null");
|
|
|
|
// Attempt to get the CPS, if it's not present we'll just return
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentPrefService2> contentPrefService =
|
|
do_GetService(NS_CONTENT_PREF_SERVICE_CONTRACTID);
|
|
if (!contentPrefService)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
|
|
|
|
nsAutoCString cstrSpec;
|
|
docURI->GetSpec(cstrSpec);
|
|
NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 spec(cstrSpec);
|
|
|
|
// Find the parent of aFile, and store it
|
|
nsString unicodePath;
|
|
aDir->GetPath(unicodePath);
|
|
if (unicodePath.IsEmpty()) // nothing to do
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
RefPtr<nsVariantCC> prefValue = new nsVariantCC();
|
|
prefValue->SetAsAString(unicodePath);
|
|
|
|
// Use the document's current load context to ensure that the content pref
|
|
// service doesn't persistently store this directory for this domain if the
|
|
// user is using private browsing:
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsILoadContext> loadContext = aDoc->GetLoadContext();
|
|
return contentPrefService->Set(spec, CPS_PREF_NAME, prefValue, loadContext, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
UploadLastDir::Observe(nsISupports* aSubject, char const* aTopic, char16_t const* aData)
|
|
{
|
|
if (strcmp(aTopic, "browser:purge-session-history") == 0) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentPrefService2> contentPrefService =
|
|
do_GetService(NS_CONTENT_PREF_SERVICE_CONTRACTID);
|
|
if (contentPrefService)
|
|
contentPrefService->RemoveByName(CPS_PREF_NAME, nullptr, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
|
|
//Helper method
|
|
static nsresult FireEventForAccessibility(nsIDOMHTMLInputElement* aTarget,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
EventMessage aEventMessage);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* HTMLInputElement::sCachedTextEditorState = nullptr;
|
|
bool HTMLInputElement::sShutdown = false;
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ReleaseTextEditorState(nsTextEditorState* aState)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!sShutdown && !sCachedTextEditorState) {
|
|
aState->PrepareForReuse();
|
|
sCachedTextEditorState = aState;
|
|
} else {
|
|
delete aState;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::Shutdown()
|
|
{
|
|
sShutdown = true;
|
|
delete sCachedTextEditorState;
|
|
sCachedTextEditorState = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// construction, destruction
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
HTMLInputElement::HTMLInputElement(already_AddRefed<mozilla::dom::NodeInfo>& aNodeInfo,
|
|
FromParser aFromParser, FromClone aFromClone)
|
|
: nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState(aNodeInfo, kInputDefaultType->value)
|
|
, mAutocompleteAttrState(nsContentUtils::eAutocompleteAttrState_Unknown)
|
|
, mAutocompleteInfoState(nsContentUtils::eAutocompleteAttrState_Unknown)
|
|
, mDisabledChanged(false)
|
|
, mValueChanged(false)
|
|
, mLastValueChangeWasInteractive(false)
|
|
, mCheckedChanged(false)
|
|
, mChecked(false)
|
|
, mHandlingSelectEvent(false)
|
|
, mShouldInitChecked(false)
|
|
, mDoneCreating(aFromParser == NOT_FROM_PARSER &&
|
|
aFromClone == FromClone::no)
|
|
, mInInternalActivate(false)
|
|
, mCheckedIsToggled(false)
|
|
, mIndeterminate(false)
|
|
, mInhibitRestoration(aFromParser & FROM_PARSER_FRAGMENT)
|
|
, mCanShowValidUI(true)
|
|
, mCanShowInvalidUI(true)
|
|
, mHasRange(false)
|
|
, mIsDraggingRange(false)
|
|
, mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning(false)
|
|
, mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp(false)
|
|
, mPickerRunning(false)
|
|
, mSelectionCached(true)
|
|
, mIsPreviewEnabled(false)
|
|
, mHasPatternAttribute(false)
|
|
{
|
|
// If size is above 512, mozjemalloc allocates 1kB, see
|
|
// memory/build/mozjemalloc.cpp
|
|
static_assert(sizeof(HTMLInputElement) <= 512,
|
|
"Keep the size of HTMLInputElement under 512 to avoid "
|
|
"performance regression!");
|
|
|
|
// We are in a type=text so we now we currenty need a nsTextEditorState.
|
|
mInputData.mState =
|
|
nsTextEditorState::Construct(this, &sCachedTextEditorState);
|
|
|
|
void* memory = mInputTypeMem;
|
|
mInputType = InputType::Create(this, mType, memory);
|
|
|
|
if (!gUploadLastDir)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::InitUploadLastDir();
|
|
|
|
// Set up our default state. By default we're enabled (since we're
|
|
// a control type that can be disabled but not actually disabled
|
|
// right now), optional, and valid. We are NOT readwrite by default
|
|
// until someone calls UpdateEditableState on us, apparently! Also
|
|
// by default we don't have to show validity UI and so forth.
|
|
AddStatesSilently(NS_EVENT_STATE_ENABLED |
|
|
NS_EVENT_STATE_OPTIONAL |
|
|
NS_EVENT_STATE_VALID);
|
|
UpdateApzAwareFlag();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
HTMLInputElement::~HTMLInputElement()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning) {
|
|
StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin(eDisallowDispatchingEvents);
|
|
}
|
|
DestroyImageLoadingContent();
|
|
FreeData();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::FreeData()
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
free(mInputData.mValue);
|
|
mInputData.mValue = nullptr;
|
|
} else {
|
|
UnbindFromFrame(nullptr);
|
|
ReleaseTextEditorState(mInputData.mState);
|
|
mInputData.mState = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mInputType) {
|
|
mInputType->DropReference();
|
|
mInputType = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetEditorState() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mInputData.mState, "Single line text controls need to have a state"
|
|
" associated with them");
|
|
|
|
return mInputData.mState;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// nsISupports
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS(HTMLInputElement)
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement,
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState)
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mValidity)
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mControllers)
|
|
if (tmp->IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
tmp->mInputData.mState->Traverse(cb);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (tmp->mFileData) {
|
|
tmp->mFileData->Traverse(cb);
|
|
}
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_END
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement,
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState)
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mValidity)
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mControllers)
|
|
if (tmp->IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
tmp->mInputData.mState->Unlink();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (tmp->mFileData) {
|
|
tmp->mFileData->Unlink();
|
|
}
|
|
//XXX should unlink more?
|
|
NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_END
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_CYCLE_COLLECTION_INHERITED(HTMLInputElement,
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState,
|
|
nsIDOMHTMLInputElement,
|
|
nsITextControlElement,
|
|
imgINotificationObserver,
|
|
nsIImageLoadingContent,
|
|
imgIOnloadBlocker,
|
|
nsIDOMNSEditableElement,
|
|
nsIConstraintValidation)
|
|
|
|
// nsIDOMNode
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::Clone(mozilla::dom::NodeInfo* aNodeInfo, nsINode** aResult,
|
|
bool aPreallocateArrays) const
|
|
{
|
|
*aResult = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<mozilla::dom::NodeInfo> ni = RefPtr<mozilla::dom::NodeInfo>(aNodeInfo).forget();
|
|
RefPtr<HTMLInputElement> it = new HTMLInputElement(ni, NOT_FROM_PARSER,
|
|
FromClone::yes);
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = const_cast<HTMLInputElement*>(this)->CopyInnerTo(it, aPreallocateArrays);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
switch (GetValueMode()) {
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
|
|
if (mValueChanged) {
|
|
// We don't have our default value anymore. Set our value on
|
|
// the clone.
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(value);
|
|
// SetValueInternal handles setting the VALUE_CHANGED bit for us
|
|
rv = it->SetValueInternal(value, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
|
|
if (it->OwnerDoc()->IsStaticDocument()) {
|
|
// We're going to be used in print preview. Since the doc is static
|
|
// we can just grab the pretty string and use it as wallpaper
|
|
GetDisplayFileName(it->mFileData->mStaticDocFileList);
|
|
} else {
|
|
it->mFileData->ClearGetFilesHelpers();
|
|
it->mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.Clear();
|
|
it->mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.AppendElements(
|
|
mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
|
|
if (mCheckedChanged) {
|
|
// We no longer have our original checked state. Set our
|
|
// checked state on the clone.
|
|
it->DoSetChecked(mChecked, false, true);
|
|
// Then tell DoneCreatingElement() not to overwrite:
|
|
it->mShouldInitChecked = false;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE && it->OwnerDoc()->IsStaticDocument()) {
|
|
CreateStaticImageClone(it);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
it->DoneCreatingElement();
|
|
|
|
it->mLastValueChangeWasInteractive = mLastValueChangeWasInteractive;
|
|
it.forget(aResult);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::BeforeSetAttr(int32_t aNameSpaceID, nsAtom* aName,
|
|
const nsAttrValueOrString* aValue,
|
|
bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aNameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) {
|
|
//
|
|
// When name or type changes, radio should be removed from radio group.
|
|
// (type changes are handled in the form itself currently)
|
|
// If we are not done creating the radio, we also should not do it.
|
|
//
|
|
if ((aName == nsGkAtoms::name ||
|
|
(aName == nsGkAtoms::type && !mForm)) &&
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO &&
|
|
(mForm || mDoneCreating)) {
|
|
WillRemoveFromRadioGroup();
|
|
} else if (aNotify && aName == nsGkAtoms::disabled) {
|
|
mDisabledChanged = true;
|
|
} else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO && aName == nsGkAtoms::required) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioGroupContainer> container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
|
|
if (container &&
|
|
((aValue && !HasAttr(aNameSpaceID, aName)) ||
|
|
(!aValue && HasAttr(aNameSpaceID, aName)))) {
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
container->RadioRequiredWillChange(name, !!aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::webkitdirectory) {
|
|
Telemetry::Accumulate(Telemetry::WEBKIT_DIRECTORY_USED, true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::BeforeSetAttr(aNameSpaceID, aName,
|
|
aValue, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::AfterSetAttr(int32_t aNameSpaceID, nsAtom* aName,
|
|
const nsAttrValue* aValue,
|
|
const nsAttrValue* aOldValue,
|
|
nsIPrincipal* aSubjectPrincipal,
|
|
bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aNameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) {
|
|
//
|
|
// When name or type changes, radio should be added to radio group.
|
|
// (type changes are handled in the form itself currently)
|
|
// If we are not done creating the radio, we also should not do it.
|
|
//
|
|
if ((aName == nsGkAtoms::name ||
|
|
(aName == nsGkAtoms::type && !mForm)) &&
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO &&
|
|
(mForm || mDoneCreating)) {
|
|
AddedToRadioGroup();
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::src) {
|
|
mSrcTriggeringPrincipal = nsContentUtils::GetAttrTriggeringPrincipal(
|
|
this, aValue ? aValue->GetStringValue() : EmptyString(),
|
|
aSubjectPrincipal);
|
|
if (aNotify && mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
if (aValue) {
|
|
// Mark channel as urgent-start before load image if the image load is
|
|
// initiated by a user interaction.
|
|
mUseUrgentStartForChannel = EventStateManager::IsHandlingUserInput();
|
|
|
|
LoadImage(aValue->GetStringValue(), true, aNotify, eImageLoadType_Normal,
|
|
mSrcTriggeringPrincipal);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Null value means the attr got unset; drop the image
|
|
CancelImageRequests(aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If @value is changed and BF_VALUE_CHANGED is false, @value is the value
|
|
// of the element so, if the value of the element is different than @value,
|
|
// we have to re-set it. This is only the case when GetValueMode() returns
|
|
// VALUE_MODE_VALUE.
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::value &&
|
|
!mValueChanged && GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_VALUE) {
|
|
SetDefaultValueAsValue();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Checked must be set no matter what type of control it is, since
|
|
// mChecked must reflect the new value
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::checked && !mCheckedChanged) {
|
|
// Delay setting checked if we are creating this element (wait
|
|
// until everything is set)
|
|
if (!mDoneCreating) {
|
|
mShouldInitChecked = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
DoSetChecked(DefaultChecked(), true, false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::type) {
|
|
uint8_t newType;
|
|
if (!aValue) {
|
|
// We're now a text input.
|
|
newType = kInputDefaultType->value;
|
|
} else {
|
|
newType = aValue->GetEnumValue();
|
|
}
|
|
if (newType != mType) {
|
|
HandleTypeChange(newType, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::required || aName == nsGkAtoms::disabled ||
|
|
aName == nsGkAtoms::readonly) {
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::disabled) {
|
|
// This *has* to be called *before* validity state check because
|
|
// UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation and
|
|
// UpdateValueMissingValidityState depend on our disabled state.
|
|
UpdateDisabledState(aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::required && DoesRequiredApply()) {
|
|
// This *has* to be called *before* UpdateValueMissingValidityState
|
|
// because UpdateValueMissingValidityState depends on our required
|
|
// state.
|
|
UpdateRequiredState(!!aValue, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
|
|
|
|
// This *has* to be called *after* validity has changed.
|
|
if (aName == nsGkAtoms::readonly || aName == nsGkAtoms::disabled) {
|
|
UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::maxlength) {
|
|
UpdateTooLongValidityState();
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::minlength) {
|
|
UpdateTooShortValidityState();
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::pattern) {
|
|
// Although pattern attribute only applies to single line text controls,
|
|
// we set this flag for all input types to save having to check the type
|
|
// here.
|
|
mHasPatternAttribute = !!aValue;
|
|
|
|
if (mDoneCreating) {
|
|
UpdatePatternMismatchValidityState();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::multiple) {
|
|
UpdateTypeMismatchValidityState();
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::max) {
|
|
UpdateHasRange();
|
|
nsresult rv = mInputType->MinMaxStepAttrChanged();
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
// Validity state must be updated *after* the UpdateValueDueToAttrChange
|
|
// call above or else the following assert will not be valid.
|
|
// We don't assert the state of underflow during creation since
|
|
// DoneCreatingElement sanitizes.
|
|
UpdateRangeOverflowValidityState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!mDoneCreating ||
|
|
mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE ||
|
|
!GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW),
|
|
"HTML5 spec does not allow underflow for type=range");
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::min) {
|
|
UpdateHasRange();
|
|
nsresult rv = mInputType->MinMaxStepAttrChanged();
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
// See corresponding @max comment
|
|
UpdateRangeUnderflowValidityState();
|
|
UpdateStepMismatchValidityState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!mDoneCreating ||
|
|
mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE ||
|
|
!GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW),
|
|
"HTML5 spec does not allow underflow for type=range");
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::step) {
|
|
nsresult rv = mInputType->MinMaxStepAttrChanged();
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
// See corresponding @max comment
|
|
UpdateStepMismatchValidityState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!mDoneCreating ||
|
|
mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE ||
|
|
!GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW),
|
|
"HTML5 spec does not allow underflow for type=range");
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::dir &&
|
|
aValue && aValue->Equals(nsGkAtoms::_auto, eIgnoreCase)) {
|
|
SetDirectionFromValue(aNotify);
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::lang) {
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
|
|
// Update the value that is displayed to the user to the new locale:
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(value);
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
numberControlFrame->SetValueOfAnonTextControl(value);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (aName == nsGkAtoms::autocomplete) {
|
|
// Clear the cached @autocomplete attribute and autocompleteInfo state.
|
|
mAutocompleteAttrState = nsContentUtils::eAutocompleteAttrState_Unknown;
|
|
mAutocompleteInfoState = nsContentUtils::eAutocompleteAttrState_Unknown;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::AfterSetAttr(aNameSpaceID, aName,
|
|
aValue, aOldValue,
|
|
aSubjectPrincipal,
|
|
aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::BeforeSetForm(bool aBindToTree)
|
|
{
|
|
// No need to remove from radio group if we are just binding to tree.
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO && !aBindToTree) {
|
|
WillRemoveFromRadioGroup();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::AfterClearForm(bool aUnbindOrDelete)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!mForm);
|
|
|
|
// Do not add back to radio group if we are releasing or unbinding from tree.
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO && !aUnbindOrDelete) {
|
|
AddedToRadioGroup();
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// nsIDOMHTMLInputElement
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetForm(nsIDOMHTMLFormElement** aForm)
|
|
{
|
|
return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::GetForm(aForm);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_ACTION_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, FormAction, formaction)
|
|
NS_IMPL_STRING_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, Name, name)
|
|
NS_IMPL_BOOL_ATTR(HTMLInputElement, ReadOnly, readonly)
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetAutocomplete(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DoesAutocompleteApply()) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
const nsAttrValue* attributeVal = GetParsedAttr(nsGkAtoms::autocomplete);
|
|
|
|
mAutocompleteAttrState =
|
|
nsContentUtils::SerializeAutocompleteAttribute(attributeVal, aValue,
|
|
mAutocompleteAttrState);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetAutocompleteInfo(Nullable<AutocompleteInfo>& aInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DoesAutocompleteApply()) {
|
|
aInfo.SetNull();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsAttrValue* attributeVal = GetParsedAttr(nsGkAtoms::autocomplete);
|
|
mAutocompleteInfoState =
|
|
nsContentUtils::SerializeAutocompleteAttribute(attributeVal, aInfo.SetValue(),
|
|
mAutocompleteInfoState,
|
|
true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetFormEnctype(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
GetEnumAttr(nsGkAtoms::formenctype, "", kFormDefaultEnctype->tag, aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetFormMethod(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
GetEnumAttr(nsGkAtoms::formmethod, "", kFormDefaultMethod->tag, aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetInputMode(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
GetEnumAttr(nsGkAtoms::inputmode, kInputDefaultInputmode->tag, aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetType(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
GetEnumAttr(nsGkAtoms::type, kInputDefaultType->tag, aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::TabIndexDefault()
|
|
{
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::Height()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return GetWidthHeightForImage(mCurrentRequest).height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetIndeterminate(bool* aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
*aValue = Indeterminate();
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetIndeterminateInternal(bool aValue,
|
|
bool aShouldInvalidate)
|
|
{
|
|
mIndeterminate = aValue;
|
|
|
|
if (aShouldInvalidate) {
|
|
// Repaint the frame
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (frame)
|
|
frame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UpdateState(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetIndeterminate(bool aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
SetIndeterminateInternal(aValue, true);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::Width()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return GetWidthHeightForImage(mCurrentRequest).width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetValue(nsAString& aValue, CallerType aCallerType)
|
|
{
|
|
GetValueInternal(aValue, aCallerType);
|
|
|
|
// Don't return non-sanitized value for types that are experimental on mobile
|
|
// or datetime types
|
|
if (IsExperimentalMobileType(mType) || IsDateTimeInputType(mType)) {
|
|
SanitizeValue(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetValueInternal(nsAString& aValue,
|
|
CallerType aCallerType) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(aValue);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aCallerType == CallerType::System) {
|
|
aValue.Assign(mFileData->mFirstFilePath);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString file;
|
|
GetDOMFileOrDirectoryName(mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories[0], file);
|
|
if (file.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aValue.AssignLiteral("C:\\fakepath\\");
|
|
aValue.Append(file);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetNonFileValueInternal(nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
switch (GetValueMode()) {
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
|
|
if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
mInputData.mState->GetValue(aValue, true);
|
|
} else if (!aValue.Assign(mInputData.mValue, fallible)) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("Someone screwed up here");
|
|
// We'll just return empty string if someone does screw up.
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
|
|
// Treat defaultValue as value.
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, aValue);
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
|
|
// Treat default value as value and returns "on" if no value.
|
|
if (!GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, aValue)) {
|
|
aValue.AssignLiteral("on");
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsValueEmpty() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_VALUE && IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
return !mInputData.mState->HasNonEmptyValue();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(value);
|
|
|
|
return value.IsEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ClearFiles(bool aSetValueChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory> data;
|
|
SetFilesOrDirectories(data, aSetValueChanged);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MonthsSinceJan1970(uint32_t aYear, uint32_t aMonth) const
|
|
{
|
|
return (aYear - 1970) * 12 + aMonth - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ Decimal
|
|
HTMLInputElement::StringToDecimal(const nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsASCII(aValue)) {
|
|
return Decimal::nan();
|
|
}
|
|
NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII asciiString(aValue);
|
|
std::string stdString = asciiString.get();
|
|
return Decimal::fromString(stdString);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetValueAsDecimal() const
|
|
{
|
|
Decimal decimalValue;
|
|
nsAutoString stringValue;
|
|
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(stringValue);
|
|
|
|
return !mInputType->ConvertStringToNumber(stringValue, decimalValue) ?
|
|
Decimal::nan() : decimalValue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetValue(const nsAString& aValue, CallerType aCallerType,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
// check security. Note that setting the value to the empty string is always
|
|
// OK and gives pages a way to clear a file input if necessary.
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
if (!aValue.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
if (aCallerType != CallerType::System) {
|
|
// setting the value of a "FILE" input widget requires
|
|
// chrome privilege
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_SECURITY_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
Sequence<nsString> list;
|
|
if (!list.AppendElement(aValue, fallible)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MozSetFileNameArray(list, aRv);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
ClearFiles(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
if (MayFireChangeOnBlur()) {
|
|
// If the value has been set by a script, we basically want to keep the
|
|
// current change event state. If the element is ready to fire a change
|
|
// event, we should keep it that way. Otherwise, we should make sure the
|
|
// element will not fire any event because of the script interaction.
|
|
//
|
|
// NOTE: this is currently quite expensive work (too much string
|
|
// manipulation). We should probably optimize that.
|
|
nsAutoString currentValue;
|
|
GetValue(currentValue, aCallerType);
|
|
|
|
// Some types sanitize value, so GetValue doesn't return pure
|
|
// previous value correctly.
|
|
nsresult rv =
|
|
SetValueInternal(aValue,
|
|
(IsExperimentalMobileType(mType) || IsDateTimeInputType(mType)) ?
|
|
nullptr : ¤tValue,
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_ByContent |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_MoveCursorToEndIfValueChanged);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(rv);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mFocusedValue.Equals(currentValue)) {
|
|
GetValue(mFocusedValue, aCallerType);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsresult rv =
|
|
SetValueInternal(aValue,
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_ByContent |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_MoveCursorToEndIfValueChanged);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(rv);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsGenericHTMLElement*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetList() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoString dataListId;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::list, dataListId);
|
|
if (dataListId.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//XXXsmaug How should this all work in case input element is in Shadow DOM.
|
|
nsIDocument* doc = GetUncomposedDoc();
|
|
if (!doc) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Element* element = doc->GetElementById(dataListId);
|
|
if (!element || !element->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::datalist)) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return static_cast<nsGenericHTMLElement*>(element);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetList(nsIDOMHTMLElement** aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
*aValue = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<nsGenericHTMLElement> element = GetList();
|
|
if (!element) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
element.forget(aValue);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetValue(Decimal aValue, CallerType aCallerType)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!aValue.isInfinity(), "aValue must not be Infinity!");
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.isNaN()) {
|
|
IgnoredErrorResult rv;
|
|
SetValue(EmptyString(), aCallerType, rv);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
mInputType->ConvertNumberToString(aValue, value);
|
|
IgnoredErrorResult rv;
|
|
SetValue(value, aCallerType, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Nullable<Date>
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetValueAsDate(ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsDateTimeInputType(mType)) {
|
|
return Nullable<Date>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (mType) {
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t year, month, day;
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(value);
|
|
if (!ParseDate(value, &year, &month, &day)) {
|
|
return Nullable<Date>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS::ClippedTime time = JS::TimeClip(JS::MakeDate(year, month - 1, day));
|
|
return Nullable<Date>(Date(time));
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t millisecond;
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(value);
|
|
if (!ParseTime(value, &millisecond)) {
|
|
return Nullable<Date>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS::ClippedTime time = JS::TimeClip(millisecond);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(time.toDouble() == millisecond,
|
|
"HTML times are restricted to the day after the epoch and "
|
|
"never clip");
|
|
return Nullable<Date>(Date(time));
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t year, month;
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(value);
|
|
if (!ParseMonth(value, &year, &month)) {
|
|
return Nullable<Date>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS::ClippedTime time = JS::TimeClip(JS::MakeDate(year, month - 1, 1));
|
|
return Nullable<Date>(Date(time));
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t year, week;
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(value);
|
|
if (!ParseWeek(value, &year, &week)) {
|
|
return Nullable<Date>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
double days = DaysSinceEpochFromWeek(year, week);
|
|
JS::ClippedTime time = JS::TimeClip(days * kMsPerDay);
|
|
|
|
return Nullable<Date>(Date(time));
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t year, month, day, timeInMs;
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(value);
|
|
if (!ParseDateTimeLocal(value, &year, &month, &day, &timeInMs)) {
|
|
return Nullable<Date>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JS::ClippedTime time = JS::TimeClip(JS::MakeDate(year, month - 1, day,
|
|
timeInMs));
|
|
return Nullable<Date>(Date(time));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Unrecognized input type");
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
|
|
return Nullable<Date>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetValueAsDate(const Nullable<Date>& aDate, ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsDateTimeInputType(mType)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// At this point we know we're not a file input, so we can just pass "not
|
|
// system" as the caller type, since the caller type only matters in the file
|
|
// input case.
|
|
if (aDate.IsNull() || aDate.Value().IsUndefined()) {
|
|
SetValue(EmptyString(), CallerType::NonSystem, aRv);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
double milliseconds = aDate.Value().TimeStamp().toDouble();
|
|
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH) {
|
|
SetValue(Decimal::fromDouble(milliseconds), CallerType::NonSystem);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// type=month expects the value to be number of months.
|
|
double year = JS::YearFromTime(milliseconds);
|
|
double month = JS::MonthFromTime(milliseconds);
|
|
|
|
if (IsNaN(year) || IsNaN(month)) {
|
|
SetValue(EmptyString(), CallerType::NonSystem, aRv);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t months = MonthsSinceJan1970(year, month + 1);
|
|
SetValue(Decimal(int32_t(months)), CallerType::NonSystem);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetValueAsNumber(double aValueAsNumber, ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: return TypeError when HTMLInputElement is converted to WebIDL, see
|
|
// bug 825197.
|
|
if (IsInfinite(aValueAsNumber)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!DoesValueAsNumberApply()) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// At this point we know we're not a file input, so we can just pass "not
|
|
// system" as the caller type, since the caller type only matters in the file
|
|
// input case.
|
|
SetValue(Decimal::fromDouble(aValueAsNumber), CallerType::NonSystem);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetMinimum() const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(DoesValueAsNumberApply(),
|
|
"GetMinimum() should only be used for types that allow .valueAsNumber");
|
|
|
|
// Only type=range has a default minimum
|
|
Decimal defaultMinimum =
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE ? Decimal(0) : Decimal::nan();
|
|
|
|
if (!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::min)) {
|
|
return defaultMinimum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString minStr;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::min, minStr);
|
|
|
|
Decimal min;
|
|
return mInputType->ConvertStringToNumber(minStr, min) ? min : defaultMinimum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetMaximum() const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(DoesValueAsNumberApply(),
|
|
"GetMaximum() should only be used for types that allow .valueAsNumber");
|
|
|
|
// Only type=range has a default maximum
|
|
Decimal defaultMaximum =
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE ? Decimal(100) : Decimal::nan();
|
|
|
|
if (!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::max)) {
|
|
return defaultMaximum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString maxStr;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::max, maxStr);
|
|
|
|
Decimal max;
|
|
return mInputType->ConvertStringToNumber(maxStr, max) ? max : defaultMaximum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetStepBase() const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(IsDateTimeInputType(mType) ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE,
|
|
"Check that kDefaultStepBase is correct for this new type");
|
|
|
|
Decimal stepBase;
|
|
|
|
// Do NOT use GetMinimum here - the spec says to use "the min content
|
|
// attribute", not "the minimum".
|
|
nsAutoString minStr;
|
|
if (GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::min, minStr) &&
|
|
mInputType->ConvertStringToNumber(minStr, stepBase)) {
|
|
return stepBase;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If @min is not a double, we should use @value.
|
|
nsAutoString valueStr;
|
|
if (GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, valueStr) &&
|
|
mInputType->ConvertStringToNumber(valueStr, stepBase)) {
|
|
return stepBase;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK) {
|
|
return kDefaultStepBaseWeek;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return kDefaultStepBase;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetValueIfStepped(int32_t aStep,
|
|
StepCallerType aCallerType,
|
|
Decimal* aNextStep)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DoStepDownStepUpApply()) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal stepBase = GetStepBase();
|
|
Decimal step = GetStep();
|
|
if (step == kStepAny) {
|
|
if (aCallerType != CALLED_FOR_USER_EVENT) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR;
|
|
}
|
|
// Allow the spin buttons and up/down arrow keys to do something sensible:
|
|
step = GetDefaultStep();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
|
|
Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
|
|
|
|
if (!maximum.isNaN()) {
|
|
// "max - (max - stepBase) % step" is the nearest valid value to max.
|
|
maximum = maximum - NS_floorModulo(maximum - stepBase, step);
|
|
if (!minimum.isNaN()) {
|
|
if (minimum > maximum) {
|
|
// Either the minimum was greater than the maximum prior to our
|
|
// adjustment to align maximum on a step, or else (if we adjusted
|
|
// maximum) there is no valid step between minimum and the unadjusted
|
|
// maximum.
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
|
|
bool valueWasNaN = false;
|
|
if (value.isNaN()) {
|
|
value = Decimal(0);
|
|
valueWasNaN = true;
|
|
}
|
|
Decimal valueBeforeStepping = value;
|
|
|
|
Decimal deltaFromStep = NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
|
|
|
|
if (deltaFromStep != Decimal(0)) {
|
|
if (aStep > 0) {
|
|
value += step - deltaFromStep; // partial step
|
|
value += step * Decimal(aStep - 1); // then remaining steps
|
|
} else if (aStep < 0) {
|
|
value -= deltaFromStep; // partial step
|
|
value += step * Decimal(aStep + 1); // then remaining steps
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
value += step * Decimal(aStep);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (value < minimum) {
|
|
value = minimum;
|
|
deltaFromStep = NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
|
|
if (deltaFromStep != Decimal(0)) {
|
|
value += step - deltaFromStep;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (value > maximum) {
|
|
value = maximum;
|
|
deltaFromStep = NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
|
|
if (deltaFromStep != Decimal(0)) {
|
|
value -= deltaFromStep;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!valueWasNaN && // value="", resulting in us using "0"
|
|
((aStep > 0 && value < valueBeforeStepping) ||
|
|
(aStep < 0 && value > valueBeforeStepping))) {
|
|
// We don't want step-up to effectively step down, or step-down to
|
|
// effectively step up, so return;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*aNextStep = value;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ApplyStep(int32_t aStep)
|
|
{
|
|
Decimal nextStep = Decimal::nan(); // unchanged if value will not change
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = GetValueIfStepped(aStep, CALLED_FOR_SCRIPT, &nextStep);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nextStep.isFinite()) {
|
|
// We know we're not a file input, so the caller type does not matter; just
|
|
// pass "not system" to be safe.
|
|
SetValue(nextStep, CallerType::NonSystem);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsExperimentalMobileType(uint8_t aType)
|
|
{
|
|
return (aType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE || aType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME) &&
|
|
!IsInputDateTimeEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsDateTimeInputType(uint8_t aType)
|
|
{
|
|
return aType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE ||
|
|
aType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME ||
|
|
aType == NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH ||
|
|
aType == NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK ||
|
|
aType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::FlushFrames()
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetComposedDoc()) {
|
|
GetComposedDoc()->FlushPendingNotifications(FlushType::Frames);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MozGetFileNameArray(nsTArray<nsString>& aArray,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& filesOrDirs =
|
|
GetFilesOrDirectoriesInternal();
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < filesOrDirs.Length(); i++) {
|
|
nsAutoString str;
|
|
GetDOMFileOrDirectoryPath(filesOrDirs[i], str, aRv);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(aRv.Failed())) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aArray.AppendElement(str);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MozSetFileArray(const Sequence<OwningNonNull<File>>& aFiles)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(global);
|
|
if (!global) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory> files;
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aFiles.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
RefPtr<File> file = File::Create(global, aFiles[i].get()->Impl());
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(file);
|
|
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = files.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsFile() = file;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetFilesOrDirectories(files, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MozSetFileNameArray(const Sequence<nsString>& aFileNames,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (XRE_IsContentProcess()) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_NOT_SUPPORTED_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory> files;
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aFileNames.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
|
|
|
|
if (StringBeginsWith(aFileNames[i], NS_LITERAL_STRING("file:"),
|
|
nsASCIICaseInsensitiveStringComparator())) {
|
|
// Converts the URL string into the corresponding nsIFile if possible
|
|
// A local file will be created if the URL string begins with file://
|
|
NS_GetFileFromURLSpec(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aFileNames[i]),
|
|
getter_AddRefs(file));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!file) {
|
|
// this is no "file://", try as local file
|
|
NS_NewLocalFile(aFileNames[i], false, getter_AddRefs(file));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!file) {
|
|
continue; // Not much we can do if the file doesn't exist
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
|
|
if (!global) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<File> domFile = File::CreateFromFile(global, file);
|
|
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = files.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsFile() = domFile;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetFilesOrDirectories(files, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MozSetDirectory(const nsAString& aDirectoryPath,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
|
|
aRv = NS_NewLocalFile(aDirectoryPath, true, getter_AddRefs(file));
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(aRv.Failed())) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPIDOMWindowInner* window = OwnerDoc()->GetInnerWindow();
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!window)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<Directory> directory = Directory::Create(window, file);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(directory);
|
|
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory> array;
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element = array.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsDirectory() = directory;
|
|
|
|
SetFilesOrDirectories(array, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void HTMLInputElement::GetDateTimeInputBoxValue(DateTimeValue& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!IsDateTimeInputType(mType)) || !mDateTimeInputBoxValue) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aValue = *mDateTimeInputBoxValue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateDateTimeInputBox(const DateTimeValue& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!IsDateTimeInputType(mType))) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDateTimeControlFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->SetValueFromPicker(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetDateTimePickerState(bool aOpen)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!IsDateTimeInputType(mType))) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDateTimeControlFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->SetPickerState(aOpen);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::OpenDateTimePicker(const DateTimeValue& aInitialValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!IsDateTimeInputType(mType))) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mDateTimeInputBoxValue = new DateTimeValue(aInitialValue);
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchChromeEvent(OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("MozOpenDateTimePicker"),
|
|
true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateDateTimePicker(const DateTimeValue& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!IsDateTimeInputType(mType))) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mDateTimeInputBoxValue = new DateTimeValue(aValue);
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchChromeEvent(OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("MozUpdateDateTimePicker"),
|
|
true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::CloseDateTimePicker()
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!IsDateTimeInputType(mType))) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchChromeEvent(OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("MozCloseDateTimePicker"),
|
|
true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetFocusState(bool aIsFocused)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!IsDateTimeInputType(mType))) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
EventStates focusStates = NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUS | NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUSRING;
|
|
if (aIsFocused) {
|
|
AddStates(focusStates);
|
|
} else {
|
|
RemoveStates(focusStates);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!IsDateTimeInputType(mType))) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For now, datetime input box call this function only when the value may
|
|
// become valid/invalid. For other validity states, they will be updated when
|
|
// .value is actually changed.
|
|
UpdateBadInputValidityState();
|
|
UpdateState(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MozIsTextField(bool aExcludePassword)
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO: temporary until bug 888320 is fixed.
|
|
if (IsExperimentalMobileType(mType) || IsDateTimeInputType(mType)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return IsSingleLineTextControl(aExcludePassword);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
HTMLInputElement*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetOwnerNumberControl()
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsInNativeAnonymousSubtree() &&
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT &&
|
|
GetParent() && GetParent()->GetParent()) {
|
|
HTMLInputElement* grandparent =
|
|
HTMLInputElement::FromContentOrNull(GetParent()->GetParent());
|
|
if (grandparent && grandparent->mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
|
|
return grandparent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetUserInput(const nsAString& aInput,
|
|
nsIPrincipal& aSubjectPrincipal) {
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE &&
|
|
!nsContentUtils::IsSystemPrincipal(&aSubjectPrincipal)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetUserInput(aInput);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetUserInput(const nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE)
|
|
{
|
|
Sequence<nsString> list;
|
|
if (!list.AppendElement(aValue, fallible)) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ErrorResult rv;
|
|
MozSetFileNameArray(list, rv);
|
|
return rv.StealNSResult();
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsresult rv =
|
|
SetValueInternal(aValue,
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify|
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_MoveCursorToEndIfValueChanged);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
|
|
true);
|
|
|
|
// If this element is not currently focused, it won't receive a change event for this
|
|
// update through the normal channels. So fire a change event immediately, instead.
|
|
if (!ShouldBlur(this)) {
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIEditor*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetEditor()
|
|
{
|
|
return GetTextEditorFromState();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TextEditor*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetTextEditorFromState()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
return state->GetTextEditor();
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(TextEditor*)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetTextEditor()
|
|
{
|
|
return GetTextEditorFromState();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsISelectionController*)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionController()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
return state->GetSelectionController();
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFrameSelection*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetConstFrameSelection()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
return state->GetConstFrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::BindToFrame(nsTextControlFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
return state->BindToFrame(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UnbindFromFrame(nsTextControlFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state && aFrame) {
|
|
state->UnbindFromFrame(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::CreateEditor()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
return state->PrepareEditor();
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(Element*)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetRootEditorNode()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
return state->GetRootNode();
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(Element*)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetPlaceholderNode()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
return state->GetPlaceholderNode();
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateOverlayTextVisibility(bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
state->UpdateOverlayTextVisibility(aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetPlaceholderVisibility()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (!state) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return state->GetPlaceholderVisibility();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(Element*)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetPreviewNode()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
return state->GetPreviewNode();
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetPreviewValue(const nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
state->SetPreviewText(aValue, true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetPreviewValue(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
state->GetPreviewText(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::EnablePreview()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mIsPreviewEnabled) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mIsPreviewEnabled = true;
|
|
// Reconstruct the frame to append an anonymous preview node
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PostRestyleEvent(this, nsRestyleHint(0), nsChangeHint_ReconstructFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsPreviewEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
return mIsPreviewEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetPreviewVisibility()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (!state) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return state->GetPreviewVisibility();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetDisplayFileName(nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mFileData);
|
|
|
|
if (OwnerDoc()->IsStaticDocument()) {
|
|
aValue = mFileData->mStaticDocFileList;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.Length() == 1) {
|
|
GetDOMFileOrDirectoryName(mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories[0], aValue);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
|
|
if (mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
if ((IsDirPickerEnabled() && Allowdirs()) ||
|
|
(IsWebkitDirPickerEnabled() &&
|
|
HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::webkitdirectory))) {
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"NoDirSelected", value);
|
|
} else if (HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::multiple)) {
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"NoFilesSelected", value);
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"NoFileSelected", value);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsString count;
|
|
count.AppendInt(int(mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.Length()));
|
|
|
|
const char16_t* params[] = { count.get() };
|
|
nsContentUtils::FormatLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"XFilesSelected", params, value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aValue = value;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>&
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetFilesOrDirectoriesInternal() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetFilesOrDirectories(const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& aFilesOrDirectories,
|
|
bool aSetValueChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mFileData);
|
|
|
|
mFileData->ClearGetFilesHelpers();
|
|
|
|
if (IsWebkitFileSystemEnabled()) {
|
|
HTMLInputElementBinding::ClearCachedWebkitEntriesValue(this);
|
|
mFileData->mEntries.Clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.Clear();
|
|
mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.AppendElements(aFilesOrDirectories);
|
|
|
|
AfterSetFilesOrDirectories(aSetValueChanged);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetFiles(nsIDOMFileList* aFiles,
|
|
bool aSetValueChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mFileData);
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<FileList> files = static_cast<FileList*>(aFiles);
|
|
mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.Clear();
|
|
mFileData->ClearGetFilesHelpers();
|
|
|
|
if (IsWebkitFileSystemEnabled()) {
|
|
HTMLInputElementBinding::ClearCachedWebkitEntriesValue(this);
|
|
mFileData->mEntries.Clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aFiles) {
|
|
uint32_t listLength;
|
|
aFiles->GetLength(&listLength);
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < listLength; i++) {
|
|
OwningFileOrDirectory* element =
|
|
mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.AppendElement();
|
|
element->SetAsFile() = files->Item(i);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AfterSetFilesOrDirectories(aSetValueChanged);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This method is used for testing only.
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MozSetDndFilesAndDirectories(const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& aFilesOrDirectories)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetFilesOrDirectories(aFilesOrDirectories, true);
|
|
|
|
if (IsWebkitFileSystemEnabled()) {
|
|
UpdateEntries(aFilesOrDirectories);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<DispatchChangeEventCallback> dispatchChangeEventCallback =
|
|
new DispatchChangeEventCallback(this);
|
|
|
|
if (IsWebkitDirPickerEnabled() &&
|
|
HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::webkitdirectory)) {
|
|
ErrorResult rv;
|
|
GetFilesHelper* helper = GetOrCreateGetFilesHelper(true /* recursionFlag */,
|
|
rv);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(rv.Failed())) {
|
|
rv.SuppressException();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
helper->AddCallback(dispatchChangeEventCallback);
|
|
} else {
|
|
dispatchChangeEventCallback->DispatchEvents();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::AfterSetFilesOrDirectories(bool aSetValueChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
// No need to flush here, if there's no frame at this point we
|
|
// don't need to force creation of one just to tell it about this
|
|
// new value. We just want the display to update as needed.
|
|
nsIFormControlFrame* formControlFrame = GetFormControlFrame(false);
|
|
if (formControlFrame) {
|
|
nsAutoString readableValue;
|
|
GetDisplayFileName(readableValue);
|
|
formControlFrame->SetFormProperty(nsGkAtoms::value, readableValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Grab the full path here for any chrome callers who access our .value via a
|
|
// CPOW. This path won't be called from a CPOW meaning the potential sync IPC
|
|
// call under GetMozFullPath won't be rejected for not being urgent.
|
|
// XXX Protected by the ifndef because the blob code doesn't allow us to send
|
|
// this message in b2g.
|
|
if (mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
mFileData->mFirstFilePath.Truncate();
|
|
} else {
|
|
ErrorResult rv;
|
|
GetDOMFileOrDirectoryPath(mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories[0],
|
|
mFileData->mFirstFilePath, rv);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(rv.Failed())) {
|
|
rv.SuppressException();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UpdateFileList();
|
|
|
|
if (aSetValueChanged) {
|
|
SetValueChanged(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UpdateAllValidityStates(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::FireChangeEventIfNeeded()
|
|
{
|
|
// We're not exposing the GetValue return value anywhere here, so it's safe to
|
|
// claim to be a system caller.
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetValue(value, CallerType::System);
|
|
|
|
if (!MayFireChangeOnBlur() || mFocusedValue.Equals(value)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Dispatch the change event.
|
|
mFocusedValue = value;
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIContent*>(this),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("change"), true,
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FileList*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetFiles()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsDirPickerEnabled() && Allowdirs() &&
|
|
(!IsWebkitDirPickerEnabled() ||
|
|
!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::webkitdirectory))) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!mFileData->mFileList) {
|
|
mFileData->mFileList = new FileList(static_cast<nsIContent*>(this));
|
|
UpdateFileList();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mFileData->mFileList;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetFiles(FileList* aFiles)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE || !aFiles) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Clear |mFileData->mFileList| to omit |UpdateFileList|
|
|
if (mFileData->mFileList) {
|
|
mFileData->mFileList->Clear();
|
|
mFileData->mFileList = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Update |mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories|
|
|
SetFiles(aFiles, true);
|
|
|
|
// Update |mFileData->mFileList| without copy
|
|
mFileData->mFileList = aFiles;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::HandleNumberControlSpin(void* aData)
|
|
{
|
|
HTMLInputElement* input = static_cast<HTMLInputElement*>(aData);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(input->mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning,
|
|
"Should have called nsRepeatService::Stop()");
|
|
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(input->GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (input->mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER || !numberControlFrame) {
|
|
// Type has changed (and possibly our frame type hasn't been updated yet)
|
|
// or else we've lost our frame. Either way, stop the timer and don't do
|
|
// anything else.
|
|
input->StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
|
|
} else {
|
|
input->StepNumberControlForUserEvent(input->mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp ? 1 : -1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateFileList()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mFileData);
|
|
|
|
if (mFileData->mFileList) {
|
|
mFileData->mFileList->Clear();
|
|
|
|
const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& array =
|
|
GetFilesOrDirectoriesInternal();
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < array.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
if (array[i].IsFile()) {
|
|
mFileData->mFileList->Append(array[i].GetAsFile());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetValueInternal(const nsAString& aValue,
|
|
const nsAString* aOldValue,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(GetValueMode() != VALUE_MODE_FILENAME,
|
|
"Don't call SetValueInternal for file inputs");
|
|
|
|
// We want to remember if the SetValueInternal() call is being made for a XUL
|
|
// element. We do that by looking at the parent node here, and if that node
|
|
// is a XUL node, we consider our control a XUL control.
|
|
nsIContent* parent = GetParent();
|
|
if (parent && parent->IsXULElement()) {
|
|
aFlags |= nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_ForXUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (GetValueMode()) {
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
|
|
{
|
|
// At the moment, only single line text control have to sanitize their value
|
|
// Because we have to create a new string for that, we should prevent doing
|
|
// it if it's useless.
|
|
nsAutoString value(aValue);
|
|
|
|
if (mDoneCreating) {
|
|
SanitizeValue(value);
|
|
}
|
|
// else DoneCreatingElement calls us again once mDoneCreating is true
|
|
|
|
bool setValueChanged = !!(aFlags & nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
|
|
if (setValueChanged) {
|
|
SetValueChanged(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
if (!mInputData.mState->SetValue(value, aOldValue, aFlags)) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL) {
|
|
UpdateAllValidityStates(!mDoneCreating);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
free(mInputData.mValue);
|
|
mInputData.mValue = ToNewUnicode(value);
|
|
if (setValueChanged) {
|
|
SetValueChanged(true);
|
|
}
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
|
|
// This has to happen before OnValueChanged is called because that
|
|
// method needs the new value of our frame's anon text control.
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
numberControlFrame->SetValueOfAnonTextControl(value);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
|
|
nsRangeFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->UpdateForValueChange();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if ((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE) &&
|
|
!IsExperimentalMobileType(mType) &&
|
|
!(aFlags & nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput)) {
|
|
nsDateTimeControlFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->OnValueChanged();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (mDoneCreating) {
|
|
OnValueChanged(/* aNotify = */ true,
|
|
/* aWasInteractiveUserChange = */ false);
|
|
}
|
|
// else DoneCreatingElement calls us again once mDoneCreating is true
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR) {
|
|
// Update color frame, to reflect color changes
|
|
nsColorControlFrame* colorControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (colorControlFrame) {
|
|
colorControlFrame->UpdateColor();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This call might be useless in some situations because if the element is
|
|
// a single line text control, nsTextEditorState::SetValue will call
|
|
// nsHTMLInputElement::OnValueChanged which is going to call UpdateState()
|
|
// if the element is focused. This bug 665547.
|
|
if (PlaceholderApplies() &&
|
|
HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::placeholder)) {
|
|
UpdateState(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
|
|
// If the value of a hidden input was changed, we mark it changed so that we
|
|
// will know we need to save / restore the value. Yes, we are overloading
|
|
// the meaning of ValueChanged just a teensy bit to save a measly byte of
|
|
// storage space in HTMLInputElement. Yes, you are free to make a new flag,
|
|
// NEED_TO_SAVE_VALUE, at such time as mBitField becomes a 16-bit value.
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN) {
|
|
SetValueChanged(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Treat value == defaultValue for other input elements.
|
|
return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::SetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::value, aValue,
|
|
true);
|
|
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
|
|
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This return statement is required for some compilers.
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetValueChanged(bool aValueChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
bool valueChangedBefore = mValueChanged;
|
|
|
|
mValueChanged = aValueChanged;
|
|
|
|
if (valueChangedBefore != aValueChanged) {
|
|
UpdateState(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetChecked(bool* aChecked)
|
|
{
|
|
*aChecked = Checked();
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetCheckedChanged(bool aCheckedChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
DoSetCheckedChanged(aCheckedChanged, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DoSetCheckedChanged(bool aCheckedChanged,
|
|
bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
if (mCheckedChanged != aCheckedChanged) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioVisitor> visitor =
|
|
new nsRadioSetCheckedChangedVisitor(aCheckedChanged);
|
|
VisitGroup(visitor, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
SetCheckedChangedInternal(aCheckedChanged);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetCheckedChangedInternal(bool aCheckedChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
bool checkedChangedBefore = mCheckedChanged;
|
|
|
|
mCheckedChanged = aCheckedChanged;
|
|
|
|
// This method can't be called when we are not authorized to notify
|
|
// so we do not need a aNotify parameter.
|
|
if (checkedChangedBefore != aCheckedChanged) {
|
|
UpdateState(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetChecked(bool aChecked)
|
|
{
|
|
DoSetChecked(aChecked, true, true);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DoSetChecked(bool aChecked, bool aNotify,
|
|
bool aSetValueChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the user or JS attempts to set checked, whether it actually changes the
|
|
// value or not, we say the value was changed so that defaultValue don't
|
|
// affect it no more.
|
|
if (aSetValueChanged) {
|
|
DoSetCheckedChanged(true, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Don't do anything if we're not changing whether it's checked (it would
|
|
// screw up state actually, especially when you are setting radio button to
|
|
// false)
|
|
if (mChecked == aChecked) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set checked
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
SetCheckedInternal(aChecked, aNotify);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For radio button, we need to do some extra fun stuff
|
|
if (aChecked) {
|
|
RadioSetChecked(aNotify);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
if (container) {
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
container->SetCurrentRadioButton(name, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
// SetCheckedInternal is going to ask all radios to update their
|
|
// validity state. We have to be sure the radio group container knows
|
|
// the currently selected radio.
|
|
SetCheckedInternal(false, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::RadioSetChecked(bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
// Find the selected radio button so we can deselect it
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> currentlySelected = GetSelectedRadioButton();
|
|
|
|
// Deselect the currently selected radio button
|
|
if (currentlySelected) {
|
|
// Pass true for the aNotify parameter since the currently selected
|
|
// button is already in the document.
|
|
static_cast<HTMLInputElement*>(currentlySelected.get())
|
|
->SetCheckedInternal(false, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Let the group know that we are now the One True Radio Button
|
|
nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
if (container) {
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
container->SetCurrentRadioButton(name, this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCheckedInternal is going to ask all radios to update their
|
|
// validity state.
|
|
SetCheckedInternal(true, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIRadioGroupContainer*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetRadioGroupContainer() const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO,
|
|
"GetRadioGroupContainer should only be called when type='radio'");
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
|
|
if (name.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mForm) {
|
|
return mForm;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//XXXsmaug It isn't clear how this should work in Shadow DOM.
|
|
return static_cast<nsDocument*>(GetUncomposedDoc());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement>
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetSelectedRadioButton() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
if (!container) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selected = container->GetCurrentRadioButton(name);
|
|
return selected.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MaybeSubmitForm(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!mForm) {
|
|
// Nothing to do here.
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (!shell) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the default submit element
|
|
nsIFormControl* submitControl = mForm->GetDefaultSubmitElement();
|
|
if (submitControl) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> submitContent = do_QueryInterface(submitControl);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(submitContent, "Form control not implementing nsIContent?!");
|
|
// Fire the button's onclick handler and let the button handle
|
|
// submitting the form.
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent event(true, eMouseClick, nullptr, WidgetMouseEvent::eReal);
|
|
nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
|
|
shell->HandleDOMEventWithTarget(submitContent, &event, &status);
|
|
} else if (!mForm->ImplicitSubmissionIsDisabled() &&
|
|
mForm->SubmissionCanProceed(nullptr)) {
|
|
// TODO: removing this code and have the submit event sent by the form,
|
|
// bug 592124.
|
|
// If there's only one text control, just submit the form
|
|
// Hold strong ref across the event
|
|
RefPtr<mozilla::dom::HTMLFormElement> form = mForm;
|
|
InternalFormEvent event(true, eFormSubmit);
|
|
nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
|
|
shell->HandleDOMEventWithTarget(form, &event, &status);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetCheckedInternal(bool aChecked, bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
// Set the value
|
|
mChecked = aChecked;
|
|
|
|
// Notify the frame
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// No need to update element state, since we're about to call
|
|
// UpdateState anyway.
|
|
UpdateAllValidityStatesButNotElementState();
|
|
|
|
// Notify the document that the CSS :checked pseudoclass for this element
|
|
// has changed state.
|
|
UpdateState(aNotify);
|
|
|
|
// Notify all radios in the group that value has changed, this is to let
|
|
// radios to have the chance to update its states, e.g., :indeterminate.
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioVisitor> visitor = new nsRadioUpdateStateVisitor(this);
|
|
VisitGroup(visitor, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::Blur(ErrorResult& aError)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
|
|
// Blur our anonymous text control, if we have one. (DOM 'change' event
|
|
// firing and other things depend on this.)
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
HTMLInputElement* textControl = numberControlFrame->GetAnonTextControl();
|
|
if (textControl) {
|
|
textControl->Blur(aError);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE) &&
|
|
!IsExperimentalMobileType(mType)) {
|
|
nsDateTimeControlFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->HandleBlurEvent();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsGenericHTMLElement::Blur(aError);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::Focus(ErrorResult& aError)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
|
|
// Focus our anonymous text control, if we have one.
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
HTMLInputElement* textControl = numberControlFrame->GetAnonTextControl();
|
|
if (textControl) {
|
|
textControl->Focus(aError);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE) &&
|
|
!IsExperimentalMobileType(mType)) {
|
|
nsDateTimeControlFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->HandleFocusEvent();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
nsGenericHTMLElement::Focus(aError);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For file inputs, focus the first button instead. In the case of there
|
|
// being two buttons (when the picker is a directory picker) the user can
|
|
// tab to the next one.
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* childFrame : frame->PrincipalChildList()) {
|
|
// See if the child is a button control.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFormControl> formCtrl =
|
|
do_QueryInterface(childFrame->GetContent());
|
|
if (formCtrl && formCtrl->ControlType() == NS_FORM_BUTTON_BUTTON) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> element = do_QueryInterface(formCtrl);
|
|
nsIFocusManager* fm = nsFocusManager::GetFocusManager();
|
|
if (fm && element) {
|
|
fm->SetFocus(element, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(ANDROID) && !defined(XP_MACOSX)
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsNodeApzAwareInternal() const
|
|
{
|
|
// Tell APZC we may handle mouse wheel event and do preventDefault when input
|
|
// type is number.
|
|
return (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) || (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) ||
|
|
nsINode::IsNodeApzAwareInternal();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsInteractiveHTMLContent(bool aIgnoreTabindex) const
|
|
{
|
|
return mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN ||
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::IsInteractiveHTMLContent(aIgnoreTabindex);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::AsyncEventRunning(AsyncEventDispatcher* aEvent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsImageLoadingContent::AsyncEventRunning(aEvent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::Select()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
numberControlFrame->HandleSelectCall();
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// XXX Bug? We have to give the input focus before contents can be
|
|
// selected
|
|
|
|
FocusTristate state = FocusState();
|
|
if (state == eUnfocusable) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* tes = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (tes) {
|
|
RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> fs = tes->GetConstFrameSelection();
|
|
if (fs && fs->MouseDownRecorded()) {
|
|
// This means that we're being called while the frame selection has a mouse
|
|
// down event recorded to adjust the caret during the mouse up event.
|
|
// We are probably called from the focus event handler. We should override
|
|
// the delayed caret data in this case to ensure that this select() call
|
|
// takes effect.
|
|
fs->SetDelayedCaretData(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFocusManager* fm = nsFocusManager::GetFocusManager();
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<nsPresContext> presContext = GetPresContext(eForComposedDoc);
|
|
if (state == eInactiveWindow) {
|
|
if (fm)
|
|
fm->SetFocus(this, nsIFocusManager::FLAG_NOSCROLL);
|
|
SelectAll(presContext);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (DispatchSelectEvent(presContext) && fm) {
|
|
fm->SetFocus(this, nsIFocusManager::FLAG_NOSCROLL);
|
|
|
|
// ensure that the element is actually focused
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> focusedElement;
|
|
fm->GetFocusedElement(getter_AddRefs(focusedElement));
|
|
if (SameCOMIdentity(static_cast<nsIDOMNode*>(this), focusedElement)) {
|
|
// Now Select all the text!
|
|
SelectAll(presContext);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DispatchSelectEvent(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
|
|
|
|
// If already handling select event, don't dispatch a second.
|
|
if (!mHandlingSelectEvent) {
|
|
WidgetEvent event(true, eFormSelect);
|
|
|
|
mHandlingSelectEvent = true;
|
|
EventDispatcher::Dispatch(static_cast<nsIContent*>(this),
|
|
aPresContext, &event, nullptr, &status);
|
|
mHandlingSelectEvent = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the DOM event was not canceled (e.g. by a JS event handler
|
|
// returning false)
|
|
return (status == nsEventStatus_eIgnore);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SelectAll(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFormControlFrame* formControlFrame = GetFormControlFrame(true);
|
|
|
|
if (formControlFrame) {
|
|
formControlFrame->SetFormProperty(nsGkAtoms::select, EmptyString());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::NeedToInitializeEditorForEvent(
|
|
EventChainPreVisitor& aVisitor) const
|
|
{
|
|
// We only need to initialize the editor for single line input controls because they
|
|
// are lazily initialized. We don't need to initialize the control for
|
|
// certain types of events, because we know that those events are safe to be
|
|
// handled without the editor being initialized. These events include:
|
|
// mousein/move/out, overflow/underflow, DOM mutation, and void events. Void
|
|
// events are dispatched frequently by async keyboard scrolling to focused
|
|
// elements, so it's important to handle them to prevent excessive DOM
|
|
// mutations.
|
|
if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false) ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mClass == eMutationEventClass) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage) {
|
|
case eVoidEvent:
|
|
case eMouseMove:
|
|
case eMouseEnterIntoWidget:
|
|
case eMouseExitFromWidget:
|
|
case eMouseOver:
|
|
case eMouseOut:
|
|
case eScrollPortUnderflow:
|
|
case eScrollPortOverflow:
|
|
return false;
|
|
default:
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsDisabledForEvents(EventMessage aMessage)
|
|
{
|
|
return IsElementDisabledForEvents(aMessage, GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetEventTargetParent(EventChainPreVisitor& aVisitor)
|
|
{
|
|
// Do not process any DOM events if the element is disabled
|
|
aVisitor.mCanHandle = false;
|
|
if (IsDisabledForEvents(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage)) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Initialize the editor if needed.
|
|
if (NeedToInitializeEditorForEvent(aVisitor)) {
|
|
nsITextControlFrame* textControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (textControlFrame)
|
|
textControlFrame->EnsureEditorInitialized();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//FIXME Allow submission etc. also when there is no prescontext, Bug 329509.
|
|
if (!aVisitor.mPresContext) {
|
|
return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::GetEventTargetParent(aVisitor);
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// Web pages expect the value of a radio button or checkbox to be set
|
|
// *before* onclick and DOMActivate fire, and they expect that if they set
|
|
// the value explicitly during onclick or DOMActivate it will not be toggled
|
|
// or any such nonsense.
|
|
// In order to support that (bug 57137 and 58460 are examples) we toggle
|
|
// the checked attribute *first*, and then fire onclick. If the user
|
|
// returns false, we reset the control to the old checked value. Otherwise,
|
|
// we dispatch DOMActivate. If DOMActivate is cancelled, we also reset
|
|
// the control to the old checked value. We need to keep track of whether
|
|
// we've already toggled the state from onclick since the user could
|
|
// explicitly dispatch DOMActivate on the element.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is a compatibility hack.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Track whether we're in the outermost Dispatch invocation that will
|
|
// cause activation of the input. That is, if we're a click event, or a
|
|
// DOMActivate that was dispatched directly, this will be set, but if we're
|
|
// a DOMActivate dispatched from click handling, it will not be set.
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent();
|
|
bool outerActivateEvent =
|
|
((mouseEvent && mouseEvent->IsLeftClickEvent()) ||
|
|
(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eLegacyDOMActivate && !mInInternalActivate));
|
|
|
|
if (outerActivateEvent) {
|
|
aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_OUTER_ACTIVATE_EVENT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool originalCheckedValue = false;
|
|
|
|
if (outerActivateEvent) {
|
|
mCheckedIsToggled = false;
|
|
|
|
switch(mType) {
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
|
|
{
|
|
if (mIndeterminate) {
|
|
// indeterminate is always set to FALSE when the checkbox is toggled
|
|
SetIndeterminateInternal(false, false);
|
|
aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_ORIGINAL_INDETERMINATE_VALUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetChecked(&originalCheckedValue);
|
|
DoSetChecked(!originalCheckedValue, true, true);
|
|
mCheckedIsToggled = true;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
|
|
{
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selectedRadioButton = GetSelectedRadioButton();
|
|
aVisitor.mItemData = selectedRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
originalCheckedValue = mChecked;
|
|
if (!originalCheckedValue) {
|
|
DoSetChecked(true, true, true);
|
|
mCheckedIsToggled = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
|
|
if (mForm) {
|
|
// tell the form that we are about to enter a click handler.
|
|
// that means that if there are scripted submissions, the
|
|
// latest one will be deferred until after the exit point of the handler.
|
|
mForm->OnSubmitClickBegin(this);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (originalCheckedValue) {
|
|
aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If mNoContentDispatch is true we will not allow content to handle
|
|
// this event. But to allow middle mouse button paste to work we must allow
|
|
// middle clicks to go to text fields anyway.
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mNoContentDispatch) {
|
|
aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_NO_CONTENT_DISPATCH;
|
|
}
|
|
if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false) &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseClick &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent()->button ==
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton) {
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mNoContentDispatch = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We must cache type because mType may change during JS event (bug 2369)
|
|
aVisitor.mItemFlags |= mType;
|
|
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocus &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted() &&
|
|
MayFireChangeOnBlur() &&
|
|
// StartRangeThumbDrag already set mFocusedValue on 'mousedown' before
|
|
// we get the 'focus' event.
|
|
!mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
GetValue(mFocusedValue, CallerType::System);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fire onchange (if necessary), before we do the blur, bug 357684.
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eBlur) {
|
|
// We set NS_PRE_HANDLE_BLUR_EVENT here and handle it in PreHandleEvent to
|
|
// prevent breaking event target chain creation.
|
|
aVisitor.mWantsPreHandleEvent = true;
|
|
aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_PRE_HANDLE_BLUR_EVENT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE &&
|
|
(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocus ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eBlur)) {
|
|
// Just as nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::GetEventTargetParent calls
|
|
// nsIFormControlFrame::SetFocus, we handle focus here.
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE) &&
|
|
!IsExperimentalMobileType(mType) &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocus &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mOriginalTarget == this) {
|
|
// If original target is this and not the anonymous text control, we should
|
|
// pass the focus to the anonymous text control.
|
|
nsDateTimeControlFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->HandleFocusEvent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER && aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted()) {
|
|
if (mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning) {
|
|
// If the timer is running the user has depressed the mouse on one of the
|
|
// spin buttons. If the mouse exits the button we either want to reverse
|
|
// the direction of spin if it has moved over the other button, or else
|
|
// we want to end the spin. We do this here (rather than in
|
|
// PostHandleEvent) because we don't want to let content preventDefault()
|
|
// the end of the spin.
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseMove) {
|
|
// Be aggressive about stopping the spin:
|
|
bool stopSpin = true;
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
bool oldNumberControlSpinTimerSpinsUpValue =
|
|
mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp;
|
|
switch (numberControlFrame->GetSpinButtonForPointerEvent(
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent())) {
|
|
case nsNumberControlFrame::eSpinButtonUp:
|
|
mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp = true;
|
|
stopSpin = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
case nsNumberControlFrame::eSpinButtonDown:
|
|
mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp = false;
|
|
stopSpin = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp !=
|
|
oldNumberControlSpinTimerSpinsUpValue) {
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
numberControlFrame->SpinnerStateChanged();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (stopSpin) {
|
|
StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseUp) {
|
|
StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocus ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eBlur) {
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocus) {
|
|
// Tell our frame it's getting focus so that it can make sure focus
|
|
// is moved to our anonymous text control.
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
// This could kill the frame!
|
|
numberControlFrame->HandleFocusEvent(aVisitor.mEvent);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (frame && frame->IsThemed()) {
|
|
// Our frame's nested <input type=text> will be invalidated when it
|
|
// loses focus, but since we are also native themed we need to make
|
|
// sure that our entire area is repainted since any focus highlight
|
|
// from the theme should be removed from us (the repainting of the
|
|
// sub-area occupied by the anon text control is not enough to do
|
|
// that).
|
|
frame->InvalidateFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::GetEventTargetParent(aVisitor);
|
|
|
|
// We do this after calling the base class' GetEventTargetParent so that
|
|
// nsIContent::GetEventTargetParent doesn't reset any change we make to
|
|
// mCanHandle.
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted() &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mOriginalTarget != this) {
|
|
// <input type=number> has an anonymous <input type=text> descendant. If
|
|
// 'input' or 'change' events are fired at that text control then we need
|
|
// to do some special handling here.
|
|
HTMLInputElement* textControl = nullptr;
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
textControl = numberControlFrame->GetAnonTextControl();
|
|
}
|
|
if (textControl && aVisitor.mEvent->mOriginalTarget == textControl) {
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eEditorInput) {
|
|
aVisitor.mWantsPreHandleEvent = true;
|
|
// We set NS_PRE_HANDLE_INPUT_EVENT here and handle it in PreHandleEvent
|
|
// to prevent breaking event target chain creation.
|
|
aVisitor.mItemFlags |= NS_PRE_HANDLE_INPUT_EVENT;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFormChange) {
|
|
// We cancel the DOM 'change' event that is fired for any change to our
|
|
// anonymous text control since we fire our own 'change' events and
|
|
// content shouldn't be seeing two 'change' events. Besides that we
|
|
// (as a number) control have tighter restrictions on when our internal
|
|
// value changes than our anon text control does, so in some cases
|
|
// (if our text control's value doesn't parse as a number) we don't
|
|
// want to fire a 'change' event at all.
|
|
aVisitor.mCanHandle = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Stop the event if the related target's first non-native ancestor is the
|
|
// same as the original target's first non-native ancestor (we are moving
|
|
// inside of the same element).
|
|
if ((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE) &&
|
|
!IsExperimentalMobileType(mType) &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted() &&
|
|
(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocus ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocusIn ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocusOut ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eBlur)) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> originalTarget =
|
|
do_QueryInterface(aVisitor.mEvent->AsFocusEvent()->mOriginalTarget);
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> relatedTarget =
|
|
do_QueryInterface(aVisitor.mEvent->AsFocusEvent()->mRelatedTarget);
|
|
|
|
if (originalTarget && relatedTarget &&
|
|
originalTarget->FindFirstNonChromeOnlyAccessContent() ==
|
|
relatedTarget->FindFirstNonChromeOnlyAccessContent()) {
|
|
aVisitor.mCanHandle = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::PreHandleEvent(EventChainVisitor& aVisitor)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aVisitor.mPresContext) {
|
|
return nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::PreHandleEvent(aVisitor);
|
|
}
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
if (aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_PRE_HANDLE_BLUR_EVENT) {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eBlur);
|
|
// Experimental mobile types rely on the system UI to prevent users to not
|
|
// set invalid values but we have to be extra-careful. Especially if the
|
|
// option has been enabled on desktop.
|
|
if (IsExperimentalMobileType(mType)) {
|
|
nsAutoString aValue;
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(aValue);
|
|
rv = SetValueInternal(aValue, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
}
|
|
rv = nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::PreHandleEvent(aVisitor);
|
|
if (aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_PRE_HANDLE_INPUT_EVENT) {
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eEditorInput);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(numberControlFrame);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(numberControlFrame->GetAnonTextControl() ==
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mOriginalTarget);
|
|
// Propogate the anon text control's new value to our HTMLInputElement:
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
numberControlFrame->GetValueOfAnonTextControl(value);
|
|
numberControlFrame->HandlingInputEvent(true);
|
|
AutoWeakFrame weakNumberControlFrame(numberControlFrame);
|
|
rv = SetValueInternal(value,
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
if (weakNumberControlFrame.IsAlive()) {
|
|
numberControlFrame->HandlingInputEvent(false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::StartRangeThumbDrag(WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent)
|
|
{
|
|
mIsDraggingRange = true;
|
|
mRangeThumbDragStartValue = GetValueAsDecimal();
|
|
// Don't use CAPTURE_RETARGETTOELEMENT, as that breaks pseudo-class styling
|
|
// of the thumb.
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(this, CAPTURE_IGNOREALLOWED);
|
|
nsRangeFrame* rangeFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
|
|
// Before we change the value, record the current value so that we'll
|
|
// correctly send a 'change' event if appropriate. We need to do this here
|
|
// because the 'focus' event is handled after the 'mousedown' event that
|
|
// we're being called for (i.e. too late to update mFocusedValue, since we'll
|
|
// have changed it by then).
|
|
GetValue(mFocusedValue, CallerType::System);
|
|
|
|
SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(rangeFrame->GetValueAtEventPoint(aEvent));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::FinishRangeThumbDrag(WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mIsDraggingRange);
|
|
|
|
if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent() == this) {
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0); // cancel capture
|
|
}
|
|
if (aEvent) {
|
|
nsRangeFrame* rangeFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(rangeFrame->GetValueAtEventPoint(aEvent));
|
|
}
|
|
mIsDraggingRange = false;
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::CancelRangeThumbDrag(bool aIsForUserEvent)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mIsDraggingRange);
|
|
|
|
mIsDraggingRange = false;
|
|
if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent() == this) {
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0); // cancel capture
|
|
}
|
|
if (aIsForUserEvent) {
|
|
SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(mRangeThumbDragStartValue);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Don't dispatch an 'input' event - at least not using
|
|
// DispatchTrustedEvent.
|
|
// TODO: decide what we should do here - bug 851782.
|
|
nsAutoString val;
|
|
mInputType->ConvertNumberToString(mRangeThumbDragStartValue, val);
|
|
// TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails? (The allocation
|
|
// is small, so we should be fine here.)
|
|
SetValueInternal(val, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
|
|
nsRangeFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->UpdateForValueChange();
|
|
}
|
|
RefPtr<AsyncEventDispatcher> asyncDispatcher =
|
|
new AsyncEventDispatcher(this, NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true, false);
|
|
asyncDispatcher->RunDOMEventWhenSafe();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(Decimal aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue.isFinite());
|
|
|
|
Decimal oldValue = GetValueAsDecimal();
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString val;
|
|
mInputType->ConvertNumberToString(aValue, val);
|
|
// TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails? (The allocation
|
|
// is small, so we should be fine here.)
|
|
SetValueInternal(val, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
|
|
nsRangeFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
frame->UpdateForValueChange();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetValueAsDecimal() != oldValue) {
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::StartNumberControlSpinnerSpin()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning);
|
|
|
|
mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning = true;
|
|
|
|
nsRepeatService::GetInstance()->Start(HandleNumberControlSpin, this, OwnerDoc(),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("HandleNumberControlSpin"));
|
|
|
|
// Capture the mouse so that we can tell if the pointer moves from one
|
|
// spin button to the other, or to some other element:
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(this, CAPTURE_IGNOREALLOWED);
|
|
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
numberControlFrame->SpinnerStateChanged();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin(SpinnerStopState aState)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning) {
|
|
if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent() == this) {
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0); // cancel capture
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRepeatService::GetInstance()->Stop(HandleNumberControlSpin, this);
|
|
|
|
mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning = false;
|
|
|
|
if (aState == eAllowDispatchingEvents) {
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aState == eAllowDispatchingEvents,
|
|
"Shouldn't have primary frame for the element when we're not "
|
|
"allowed to dispatch events to it anymore.");
|
|
numberControlFrame->SpinnerStateChanged();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::StepNumberControlForUserEvent(int32_t aDirection)
|
|
{
|
|
// We can't use GetValidityState here because the validity state is not set
|
|
// if the user hasn't previously taken an action to set or change the value,
|
|
// according to the specs.
|
|
if (HasBadInput()) {
|
|
// If the user has typed a value into the control and inadvertently made a
|
|
// mistake (e.g. put a thousand separator at the wrong point) we do not
|
|
// want to wipe out what they typed if they try to increment/decrement the
|
|
// value. Better is to highlight the value as being invalid so that they
|
|
// can correct what they typed.
|
|
// We only do this if there actually is a value typed in by/displayed to
|
|
// the user. (IsValid() can return false if the 'required' attribute is
|
|
// set and the value is the empty string.)
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame &&
|
|
!numberControlFrame->AnonTextControlIsEmpty()) {
|
|
// We pass 'true' for UpdateValidityUIBits' aIsFocused argument
|
|
// regardless because we need the UI to update _now_ or the user will
|
|
// wonder why the step behavior isn't functioning.
|
|
UpdateValidityUIBits(true);
|
|
UpdateState(true);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal newValue = Decimal::nan(); // unchanged if value will not change
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = GetValueIfStepped(aDirection, CALLED_FOR_USER_EVENT, &newValue);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !newValue.isFinite()) {
|
|
return; // value should not or will not change
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString newVal;
|
|
mInputType->ConvertNumberToString(newValue, newVal);
|
|
// TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails? (The allocation
|
|
// is small, so we should be fine here.)
|
|
SetValueInternal(newVal, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_BySetUserInput |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
|
|
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent(OwnerDoc(),
|
|
static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("input"), true,
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
SelectTextFieldOnFocus()
|
|
{
|
|
if (!gSelectTextFieldOnFocus) {
|
|
int32_t selectTextfieldsOnKeyFocus = -1;
|
|
nsresult rv =
|
|
LookAndFeel::GetInt(LookAndFeel::eIntID_SelectTextfieldsOnKeyFocus,
|
|
&selectTextfieldsOnKeyFocus);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
gSelectTextFieldOnFocus = -1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
gSelectTextFieldOnFocus = selectTextfieldsOnKeyFocus != 0 ? 1 : -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return gSelectTextFieldOnFocus == 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ShouldPreventDOMActivateDispatch(EventTarget* aOriginalTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* For the moment, there is only one situation where we actually want to
|
|
* prevent firing a DOMActivate event:
|
|
* - we are a <input type='file'> that just got a click event,
|
|
* - the event was targeted to our button which should have sent a
|
|
* DOMActivate event.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> target = do_QueryInterface(aOriginalTarget);
|
|
if (!target) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return target->GetParent() == this &&
|
|
target->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree() &&
|
|
target->AttrValueIs(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::type,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::button, eCaseMatters);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MaybeInitPickers(EventChainPostVisitor& aVisitor)
|
|
{
|
|
// Open a file picker when we receive a click on a <input type='file'>, or
|
|
// open a color picker when we receive a click on a <input type='color'>.
|
|
// A click is handled in the following cases:
|
|
// - preventDefault() has not been called (or something similar);
|
|
// - it's the left mouse button.
|
|
// We do not prevent non-trusted click because authors can already use
|
|
// .click(). However, the pickers will follow the rules of popup-blocking.
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->DefaultPrevented()) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent();
|
|
if (!(mouseEvent && mouseEvent->IsLeftClickEvent())) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
// If the user clicked on the "Choose folder..." button we open the
|
|
// directory picker, else we open the file picker.
|
|
FilePickerType type = FILE_PICKER_FILE;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> target =
|
|
do_QueryInterface(aVisitor.mEvent->mOriginalTarget);
|
|
if (target &&
|
|
target->FindFirstNonChromeOnlyAccessContent() == this &&
|
|
((IsDirPickerEnabled() && Allowdirs()) ||
|
|
(IsWebkitDirPickerEnabled() &&
|
|
HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::webkitdirectory)))) {
|
|
type = FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY;
|
|
}
|
|
return InitFilePicker(type);
|
|
}
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR) {
|
|
return InitColorPicker();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Return true if the input event should be ignore because of it's modifiers
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
IgnoreInputEventWithModifier(WidgetInputEvent* aEvent)
|
|
{
|
|
return aEvent->IsShift() || aEvent->IsControl() || aEvent->IsAlt() ||
|
|
aEvent->IsMeta() || aEvent->IsAltGraph() || aEvent->IsFn() ||
|
|
aEvent->IsOS();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::PostHandleEvent(EventChainPostVisitor& aVisitor)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aVisitor.mPresContext) {
|
|
// Hack alert! In order to open file picker even in case the element isn't
|
|
// in document, try to init picker even without PresContext.
|
|
return MaybeInitPickers(aVisitor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocus ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eBlur) {
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eBlur) {
|
|
if (mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
FinishRangeThumbDrag();
|
|
} else if (mNumberControlSpinnerIsSpinning) {
|
|
StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UpdateValidityUIBits(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eFocus);
|
|
|
|
UpdateState(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
|
|
bool outerActivateEvent = !!(aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_OUTER_ACTIVATE_EVENT);
|
|
bool originalCheckedValue =
|
|
!!(aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE);
|
|
bool noContentDispatch = !!(aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_NO_CONTENT_DISPATCH);
|
|
uint8_t oldType = NS_CONTROL_TYPE(aVisitor.mItemFlags);
|
|
|
|
// Ideally we would make the default action for click and space just dispatch
|
|
// DOMActivate, and the default action for DOMActivate flip the checkbox/
|
|
// radio state and fire onchange. However, for backwards compatibility, we
|
|
// need to flip the state before firing click, and we need to fire click
|
|
// when space is pressed. So, we just nest the firing of DOMActivate inside
|
|
// the click event handling, and allow cancellation of DOMActivate to cancel
|
|
// the click.
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEventStatus != nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault &&
|
|
!IsSingleLineTextControl(true) &&
|
|
mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent();
|
|
if (mouseEvent && mouseEvent->IsLeftClickEvent() &&
|
|
!ShouldPreventDOMActivateDispatch(aVisitor.mEvent->mOriginalTarget)) {
|
|
// DOMActive event should be trusted since the activation is actually
|
|
// occurred even if the cause is an untrusted click event.
|
|
InternalUIEvent actEvent(true, eLegacyDOMActivate, mouseEvent);
|
|
actEvent.mDetail = 1;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = aVisitor.mPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (shell) {
|
|
nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
|
|
mInInternalActivate = true;
|
|
rv = shell->HandleDOMEventWithTarget(this, &actEvent, &status);
|
|
mInInternalActivate = false;
|
|
|
|
// If activate is cancelled, we must do the same as when click is
|
|
// cancelled (revert the checkbox to its original value).
|
|
if (status == nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault) {
|
|
aVisitor.mEventStatus = status;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (outerActivateEvent) {
|
|
switch(oldType) {
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
|
|
if (mForm) {
|
|
// tell the form that we are about to exit a click handler
|
|
// so the form knows not to defer subsequent submissions
|
|
// the pending ones that were created during the handler
|
|
// will be flushed or forgoten.
|
|
mForm->OnSubmitClickEnd();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Reset the flag for other content besides this text field
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mNoContentDispatch = noContentDispatch;
|
|
|
|
// now check to see if the event was "cancelled"
|
|
if (mCheckedIsToggled && outerActivateEvent) {
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEventStatus == nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault) {
|
|
// if it was cancelled and a radio button, then set the old
|
|
// selected btn to TRUE. if it is a checkbox then set it to its
|
|
// original value
|
|
if (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selectedRadioButton =
|
|
do_QueryInterface(aVisitor.mItemData);
|
|
if (selectedRadioButton) {
|
|
selectedRadioButton->SetChecked(true);
|
|
}
|
|
// If there was no checked radio button or this one is no longer a
|
|
// radio button we must reset it back to false to cancel the action.
|
|
// See how the web of hack grows?
|
|
if (!selectedRadioButton || mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
DoSetChecked(false, true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX) {
|
|
bool originalIndeterminateValue =
|
|
!!(aVisitor.mItemFlags & NS_ORIGINAL_INDETERMINATE_VALUE);
|
|
SetIndeterminateInternal(originalIndeterminateValue, false);
|
|
DoSetChecked(originalCheckedValue, true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Fire input event and then change event.
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent<InternalEditorInputEvent>
|
|
(OwnerDoc(), static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
|
|
eEditorInput, true, false);
|
|
|
|
nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent<WidgetEvent>
|
|
(OwnerDoc(), static_cast<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement*>(this),
|
|
eFormChange, true, false);
|
|
#ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
|
|
// Fire an event to notify accessibility
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX) {
|
|
FireEventForAccessibility(this, aVisitor.mPresContext,
|
|
eFormCheckboxStateChange);
|
|
} else {
|
|
FireEventForAccessibility(this, aVisitor.mPresContext,
|
|
eFormRadioStateChange);
|
|
// Fire event for the previous selected radio.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> previous =
|
|
do_QueryInterface(aVisitor.mItemData);
|
|
if (previous) {
|
|
FireEventForAccessibility(previous, aVisitor.mPresContext,
|
|
eFormRadioStateChange);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
WidgetKeyboardEvent* keyEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsKeyboardEvent();
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER &&
|
|
keyEvent && keyEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted() &&
|
|
(keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_UP || keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_DOWN) &&
|
|
!IgnoreInputEventWithModifier(keyEvent)) {
|
|
// We handle the up/down arrow keys specially for <input type=number>.
|
|
// On some platforms the editor for the nested text control will
|
|
// process these keys to send the cursor to the start/end of the text
|
|
// control and as a result aVisitor.mEventStatus will already have been
|
|
// set to nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault. However, we know that
|
|
// whenever the up/down arrow keys cause the value of the number
|
|
// control to change the string in the text control will change, and
|
|
// the cursor will be moved to the end of the text control, overwriting
|
|
// the editor's handling of up/down keypress events. For that reason we
|
|
// just ignore aVisitor.mEventStatus here and go ahead and handle the
|
|
// event to increase/decrease the value of the number control.
|
|
if (!aVisitor.mEvent->DefaultPreventedByContent() && IsMutable()) {
|
|
StepNumberControlForUserEvent(keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_UP ? 1 : -1);
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (nsEventStatus_eIgnore == aVisitor.mEventStatus) {
|
|
switch (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage) {
|
|
case eFocus: {
|
|
// see if we should select the contents of the textbox. This happens
|
|
// for text and password fields when the field was focused by the
|
|
// keyboard or a navigation, the platform allows it, and it wasn't
|
|
// just because we raised a window.
|
|
nsIFocusManager* fm = nsFocusManager::GetFocusManager();
|
|
if (fm && IsSingleLineTextControl(false) &&
|
|
!aVisitor.mEvent->AsFocusEvent()->mFromRaise &&
|
|
SelectTextFieldOnFocus()) {
|
|
nsIDocument* document = GetComposedDoc();
|
|
if (document) {
|
|
uint32_t lastFocusMethod;
|
|
fm->GetLastFocusMethod(document->GetWindow(), &lastFocusMethod);
|
|
if (lastFocusMethod &
|
|
(nsIFocusManager::FLAG_BYKEY | nsIFocusManager::FLAG_BYMOVEFOCUS)) {
|
|
RefPtr<nsPresContext> presContext =
|
|
GetPresContext(eForComposedDoc);
|
|
if (DispatchSelectEvent(presContext)) {
|
|
SelectAll(presContext);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eKeyPress:
|
|
case eKeyUp:
|
|
{
|
|
// For backwards compat, trigger checks/radios/buttons with
|
|
// space or enter (bug 25300)
|
|
WidgetKeyboardEvent* keyEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsKeyboardEvent();
|
|
if ((aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_RETURN) ||
|
|
(aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyUp &&
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_SPACE)) {
|
|
switch(mType) {
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
|
|
{
|
|
// Checkbox and Radio try to submit on Enter press
|
|
if (keyEvent->mKeyCode != NS_VK_SPACE) {
|
|
MaybeSubmitForm(aVisitor.mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
break; // If we are submitting, do not send click event
|
|
}
|
|
// else fall through and treat Space like click...
|
|
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE: // Bug 34418
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
|
|
{
|
|
DispatchSimulatedClick(this, aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted(),
|
|
aVisitor.mPresContext);
|
|
aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
|
|
} // case
|
|
} // switch
|
|
}
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO && !keyEvent->IsAlt() &&
|
|
!keyEvent->IsControl() && !keyEvent->IsMeta()) {
|
|
bool isMovingBack = false;
|
|
switch (keyEvent->mKeyCode) {
|
|
case NS_VK_UP:
|
|
case NS_VK_LEFT:
|
|
isMovingBack = true;
|
|
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
|
|
case NS_VK_DOWN:
|
|
case NS_VK_RIGHT:
|
|
// Arrow key pressed, focus+select prev/next radio button
|
|
nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
if (container) {
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
RefPtr<HTMLInputElement> selectedRadioButton;
|
|
container->GetNextRadioButton(name, isMovingBack, this,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(selectedRadioButton));
|
|
if (selectedRadioButton) {
|
|
ErrorResult error;
|
|
selectedRadioButton->Focus(error);
|
|
rv = error.StealNSResult();
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
rv = DispatchSimulatedClick(selectedRadioButton,
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted(),
|
|
aVisitor.mPresContext);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For some input types, if the user hits enter, the form is submitted.
|
|
*
|
|
* Bug 99920, bug 109463 and bug 147850:
|
|
* (a) if there is a submit control in the form, click the first
|
|
* submit control in the form.
|
|
* (b) if there is just one text control in the form, submit by
|
|
* sending a submit event directly to the form
|
|
* (c) if there is more than one text input and no submit buttons, do
|
|
* not submit, period.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_RETURN &&
|
|
(IsSingleLineTextControl(false, mType) ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER ||
|
|
IsExperimentalMobileType(mType) ||
|
|
IsDateTimeInputType(mType))) {
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
rv = MaybeSubmitForm(aVisitor.mPresContext);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eKeyPress &&
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE && !keyEvent->IsAlt() &&
|
|
!keyEvent->IsControl() && !keyEvent->IsMeta() &&
|
|
(keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_LEFT ||
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_RIGHT ||
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_UP ||
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_DOWN ||
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_PAGE_UP ||
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_PAGE_DOWN ||
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_HOME ||
|
|
keyEvent->mKeyCode == NS_VK_END)) {
|
|
Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
|
|
Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(minimum.isFinite() && maximum.isFinite());
|
|
if (minimum < maximum) { // else the value is locked to the minimum
|
|
Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
|
|
Decimal step = GetStep();
|
|
if (step == kStepAny) {
|
|
step = GetDefaultStep();
|
|
}
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(value.isFinite() && step.isFinite());
|
|
Decimal newValue;
|
|
switch (keyEvent->mKeyCode) {
|
|
case NS_VK_LEFT:
|
|
newValue = value + (GetComputedDirectionality() == eDir_RTL
|
|
? step : -step);
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_VK_RIGHT:
|
|
newValue = value + (GetComputedDirectionality() == eDir_RTL
|
|
? -step : step);
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_VK_UP:
|
|
// Even for horizontal range, "up" means "increase"
|
|
newValue = value + step;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_VK_DOWN:
|
|
// Even for horizontal range, "down" means "decrease"
|
|
newValue = value - step;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_VK_HOME:
|
|
newValue = minimum;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_VK_END:
|
|
newValue = maximum;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_VK_PAGE_UP:
|
|
// For PgUp/PgDn we jump 10% of the total range, unless step
|
|
// requires us to jump more.
|
|
newValue = value + std::max(step, (maximum - minimum) / Decimal(10));
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_VK_PAGE_DOWN:
|
|
newValue = value - std::max(step, (maximum - minimum) / Decimal(10));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(newValue);
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} break; // eKeyPress || eKeyUp
|
|
|
|
case eMouseDown:
|
|
case eMouseUp:
|
|
case eMouseDoubleClick: {
|
|
// cancel all of these events for buttons
|
|
//XXXsmaug Why?
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent();
|
|
if (mouseEvent->button == WidgetMouseEvent::eMiddleButton ||
|
|
mouseEvent->button == WidgetMouseEvent::eRightButton) {
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT) {
|
|
if (aVisitor.mDOMEvent) {
|
|
aVisitor.mDOMEvent->StopPropagation();
|
|
} else {
|
|
rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER && aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted()) {
|
|
if (mouseEvent->button == WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton &&
|
|
!IgnoreInputEventWithModifier(mouseEvent)) {
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame) {
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseDown &&
|
|
IsMutable()) {
|
|
switch (numberControlFrame->GetSpinButtonForPointerEvent(
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent())) {
|
|
case nsNumberControlFrame::eSpinButtonUp:
|
|
StepNumberControlForUserEvent(1);
|
|
mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp = true;
|
|
StartNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
|
|
aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
|
|
break;
|
|
case nsNumberControlFrame::eSpinButtonDown:
|
|
StepNumberControlForUserEvent(-1);
|
|
mNumberControlSpinnerSpinsUp = false;
|
|
StartNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
|
|
aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEventStatus != nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault) {
|
|
// We didn't handle this to step up/down. Whatever this was, be
|
|
// aggressive about stopping the spin. (And don't set
|
|
// nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault after doing so, since that
|
|
// might prevent, say, the context menu from opening.)
|
|
StopNumberControlSpinnerSpin();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#if !defined(ANDROID) && !defined(XP_MACOSX)
|
|
case eWheel: {
|
|
// Handle wheel events as increasing / decreasing the input element's
|
|
// value when it's focused and it's type is number or range.
|
|
WidgetWheelEvent* wheelEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsWheelEvent();
|
|
if (!aVisitor.mEvent->DefaultPrevented() &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->IsTrusted() && IsMutable() && wheelEvent &&
|
|
wheelEvent->mDeltaY != 0 &&
|
|
wheelEvent->mDeltaMode != nsIDOMWheelEvent::DOM_DELTA_PIXEL) {
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) {
|
|
nsNumberControlFrame* numberControlFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (numberControlFrame && numberControlFrame->IsFocused()) {
|
|
StepNumberControlForUserEvent(wheelEvent->mDeltaY > 0 ? -1 : 1);
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->PreventDefault();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE &&
|
|
nsContentUtils::IsFocusedContent(this) &&
|
|
GetMinimum() < GetMaximum()) {
|
|
Decimal value = GetValueAsDecimal();
|
|
Decimal step = GetStep();
|
|
if (step == kStepAny) {
|
|
step = GetDefaultStep();
|
|
}
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(value.isFinite() && step.isFinite());
|
|
SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(wheelEvent->mDeltaY < 0 ?
|
|
value + step : value - step);
|
|
FireChangeEventIfNeeded();
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->PreventDefault();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (outerActivateEvent) {
|
|
if (mForm && (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT ||
|
|
oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE)) {
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT && mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
// If the type has changed to a non-submit type, then we want to
|
|
// flush the stored submission if there is one (as if the submit()
|
|
// was allowed to succeed)
|
|
mForm->FlushPendingSubmission();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
switch(mType) {
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
|
|
if (mForm) {
|
|
InternalFormEvent event(true,
|
|
(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET) ? eFormReset : eFormSubmit);
|
|
event.mOriginator = this;
|
|
nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> presShell =
|
|
aVisitor.mPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
|
|
// If |nsIPresShell::Destroy| has been called due to
|
|
// handling the event the pres context will return a null
|
|
// pres shell. See bug 125624.
|
|
// TODO: removing this code and have the submit event sent by the
|
|
// form, see bug 592124.
|
|
if (presShell && (event.mMessage != eFormSubmit ||
|
|
mForm->SubmissionCanProceed(this))) {
|
|
// Hold a strong ref while dispatching
|
|
RefPtr<mozilla::dom::HTMLFormElement> form(mForm);
|
|
presShell->HandleDOMEventWithTarget(form, &event, &status);
|
|
aVisitor.mEventStatus = nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
} //switch
|
|
} //click or outer activate event
|
|
} else if (outerActivateEvent &&
|
|
(oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT ||
|
|
oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) &&
|
|
mForm) {
|
|
// tell the form to flush a possible pending submission.
|
|
// the reason is that the script returned false (the event was
|
|
// not ignored) so if there is a stored submission, it needs to
|
|
// be submitted immediately.
|
|
mForm->FlushPendingSubmission();
|
|
}
|
|
} // if
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
|
|
PostHandleEventForRangeThumb(aVisitor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return MaybeInitPickers(aVisitor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::PostHandleEventForRangeThumb(EventChainPostVisitor& aVisitor)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE);
|
|
|
|
if ((nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == aVisitor.mEventStatus &&
|
|
!MozInputRangeIgnorePreventDefault()) ||
|
|
!(aVisitor.mEvent->mClass == eMouseEventClass ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mClass == eTouchEventClass ||
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mClass == eKeyboardEventClass)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRangeFrame* rangeFrame = do_QueryFrame(GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
if (!rangeFrame && mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
CancelRangeThumbDrag();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage)
|
|
{
|
|
case eMouseDown:
|
|
case eTouchStart: {
|
|
if (mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent()) {
|
|
break; // don't start drag if someone else is already capturing
|
|
}
|
|
WidgetInputEvent* inputEvent = aVisitor.mEvent->AsInputEvent();
|
|
if (IgnoreInputEventWithModifier(inputEvent)) {
|
|
break; // ignore
|
|
}
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->mMessage == eMouseDown) {
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->AsMouseEvent()->buttons ==
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButtonFlag) {
|
|
StartRangeThumbDrag(inputEvent);
|
|
} else if (mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
CancelRangeThumbDrag();
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (aVisitor.mEvent->AsTouchEvent()->mTouches.Length() == 1) {
|
|
StartRangeThumbDrag(inputEvent);
|
|
} else if (mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
CancelRangeThumbDrag();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mMultipleActionsPrevented = true;
|
|
} break;
|
|
|
|
case eMouseMove:
|
|
case eTouchMove:
|
|
if (!mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent() != this) {
|
|
// Someone else grabbed capture.
|
|
CancelRangeThumbDrag();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
SetValueOfRangeForUserEvent(
|
|
rangeFrame->GetValueAtEventPoint(aVisitor.mEvent->AsInputEvent()));
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mMultipleActionsPrevented = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eMouseUp:
|
|
case eTouchEnd:
|
|
if (!mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// We don't check to see whether we are the capturing content here and
|
|
// call CancelRangeThumbDrag() if that is the case. We just finish off
|
|
// the drag and set our final value (unless someone has called
|
|
// preventDefault() and prevents us getting here).
|
|
FinishRangeThumbDrag(aVisitor.mEvent->AsInputEvent());
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->mFlags.mMultipleActionsPrevented = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eKeyPress:
|
|
if (mIsDraggingRange &&
|
|
aVisitor.mEvent->AsKeyboardEvent()->mKeyCode == NS_VK_ESCAPE) {
|
|
CancelRangeThumbDrag();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eTouchCancel:
|
|
if (mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
CancelRangeThumbDrag();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MaybeLoadImage()
|
|
{
|
|
// Our base URI may have changed; claim that our URI changed, and the
|
|
// nsImageLoadingContent will decide whether a new image load is warranted.
|
|
nsAutoString uri;
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE &&
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src, uri) &&
|
|
(NS_FAILED(LoadImage(uri, false, true, eImageLoadType_Normal,
|
|
mSrcTriggeringPrincipal)) ||
|
|
!LoadingEnabled())) {
|
|
CancelImageRequests(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::BindToTree(nsIDocument* aDocument, nsIContent* aParent,
|
|
nsIContent* aBindingParent,
|
|
bool aCompileEventHandlers)
|
|
{
|
|
nsresult rv = nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::BindToTree(aDocument, aParent,
|
|
aBindingParent,
|
|
aCompileEventHandlers);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
nsImageLoadingContent::BindToTree(aDocument, aParent, aBindingParent,
|
|
aCompileEventHandlers);
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
// Our base URI may have changed; claim that our URI changed, and the
|
|
// nsImageLoadingContent will decide whether a new image load is warranted.
|
|
if (HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src)) {
|
|
// Mark channel as urgent-start before load image if the image load is
|
|
// initaiated by a user interaction.
|
|
mUseUrgentStartForChannel = EventStateManager::IsHandlingUserInput();
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Bug 660963 it would be nice if we could just have
|
|
// ClearBrokenState update our state and do it fast...
|
|
ClearBrokenState();
|
|
RemoveStatesSilently(NS_EVENT_STATE_BROKEN);
|
|
nsContentUtils::AddScriptRunner(
|
|
NewRunnableMethod("dom::HTMLInputElement::MaybeLoadImage",
|
|
this,
|
|
&HTMLInputElement::MaybeLoadImage));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add radio to document if we don't have a form already (if we do it's
|
|
// already been added into that group)
|
|
if (aDocument && !mForm && mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
AddedToRadioGroup();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set direction based on value if dir=auto
|
|
if (HasDirAuto()) {
|
|
SetDirectionFromValue(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// An element can't suffer from value missing if it is not in a document.
|
|
// We have to check if we suffer from that as we are now in a document.
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
|
|
|
|
// If there is a disabled fieldset in the parent chain, the element is now
|
|
// barred from constraint validation and can't suffer from value missing
|
|
// (call done before).
|
|
UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
|
|
|
|
// And now make sure our state is up to date
|
|
UpdateState(false);
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD) {
|
|
if (IsInComposedDoc()) {
|
|
AsyncEventDispatcher* dispatcher =
|
|
new AsyncEventDispatcher(this,
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("DOMInputPasswordAdded"),
|
|
true,
|
|
true);
|
|
dispatcher->PostDOMEvent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef EARLY_BETA_OR_EARLIER
|
|
Telemetry::Accumulate(Telemetry::PWMGR_PASSWORD_INPUT_IN_FORM, !!mForm);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UnbindFromTree(bool aDeep, bool aNullParent)
|
|
{
|
|
// If we have a form and are unbound from it,
|
|
// nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::UnbindFromTree() will unset the form and
|
|
// that takes care of form's WillRemove so we just have to take care
|
|
// of the case where we're removing from the document and we don't
|
|
// have a form
|
|
if (!mForm && mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
WillRemoveFromRadioGroup();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsImageLoadingContent::UnbindFromTree(aDeep, aNullParent);
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::UnbindFromTree(aDeep, aNullParent);
|
|
|
|
// GetCurrentDoc is returning nullptr so we can update the value
|
|
// missing validity state to reflect we are no longer into a doc.
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
|
|
// We might be no longer disabled because of parent chain changed.
|
|
UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
|
|
|
|
// And now make sure our state is up to date
|
|
UpdateState(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::HandleTypeChange(uint8_t aNewType, bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
uint8_t oldType = mType;
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(oldType != aNewType);
|
|
|
|
nsFocusManager* fm = nsFocusManager::GetFocusManager();
|
|
if (fm) {
|
|
// Input element can represent very different kinds of UIs, and we may
|
|
// need to flush styling even when focusing the already focused input
|
|
// element.
|
|
fm->NeedsFlushBeforeEventHandling(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aNewType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE || oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
if (aNewType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
mFileData.reset(new FileData());
|
|
} else {
|
|
mFileData->Unlink();
|
|
mFileData = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE && mIsDraggingRange) {
|
|
CancelRangeThumbDrag(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ValueModeType aOldValueMode = GetValueMode();
|
|
nsAutoString aOldValue;
|
|
|
|
if (aOldValueMode == VALUE_MODE_VALUE) {
|
|
// Doesn't matter what caller type we pass here, since we know we're not a
|
|
// file input anyway.
|
|
GetValue(aOldValue, CallerType::NonSystem);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState::SelectionProperties sp;
|
|
|
|
if (GetEditorState()) {
|
|
mInputData.mState->SyncUpSelectionPropertiesBeforeDestruction();
|
|
sp = mInputData.mState->GetSelectionProperties();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We already have a copy of the value, lets free it and changes the type.
|
|
FreeData();
|
|
mType = aNewType;
|
|
void* memory = mInputTypeMem;
|
|
mInputType = InputType::Create(this, mType, memory);
|
|
|
|
if (IsSingleLineTextControl()) {
|
|
|
|
mInputData.mState =
|
|
nsTextEditorState::Construct(this, &sCachedTextEditorState);
|
|
if (!sp.IsDefault()) {
|
|
mInputData.mState->SetSelectionProperties(sp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The following code is trying to reproduce the algorithm described here:
|
|
* http://www.whatwg.org/specs/web-apps/current-work/complete.html#input-type-change
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (GetValueMode()) {
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
|
|
// If the previous value mode was value, we need to set the value content
|
|
// attribute to the previous value.
|
|
// There is no value sanitizing algorithm for elements in this mode.
|
|
if (aOldValueMode == VALUE_MODE_VALUE && !aOldValue.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
SetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, aOldValue, true);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
|
|
// If the previous value mode wasn't value, we have to set the value to
|
|
// the value content attribute.
|
|
// SetValueInternal is going to sanitize the value.
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
if (aOldValueMode != VALUE_MODE_VALUE) {
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value, value);
|
|
} else {
|
|
value = aOldValue;
|
|
}
|
|
// TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails? (The allocation
|
|
// may potentially be big, but most likely we've failed to allocate
|
|
// before the type change.)
|
|
SetValueInternal(value, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
|
|
default:
|
|
// We don't care about the value.
|
|
// There is no value sanitizing algorithm for elements in this mode.
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Updating mFocusedValue in consequence:
|
|
// If the new type fires a change event on blur, but the previous type
|
|
// doesn't, we should set mFocusedValue to the current value.
|
|
// Otherwise, if the new type doesn't fire a change event on blur, but the
|
|
// previous type does, we should clear out mFocusedValue.
|
|
if (MayFireChangeOnBlur(mType) && !MayFireChangeOnBlur(oldType)) {
|
|
GetValue(mFocusedValue, CallerType::System);
|
|
} else if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false, mType) &&
|
|
IsSingleLineTextControl(false, oldType)) {
|
|
mFocusedValue.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Update or clear our required states since we may have changed from a
|
|
// required input type to a non-required input type or viceversa.
|
|
if (DoesRequiredApply()) {
|
|
bool isRequired = HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::required);
|
|
UpdateRequiredState(isRequired, aNotify);
|
|
} else if (aNotify) {
|
|
RemoveStates(REQUIRED_STATES);
|
|
} else {
|
|
RemoveStatesSilently(REQUIRED_STATES);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UpdateHasRange();
|
|
|
|
// Update validity states, but not element state. We'll update
|
|
// element state later, as part of this attribute change.
|
|
UpdateAllValidityStatesButNotElementState();
|
|
|
|
UpdateApzAwareFlag();
|
|
|
|
UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
|
|
|
|
if (oldType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
// We're no longer an image input. Cancel our image requests, if we have
|
|
// any.
|
|
CancelImageRequests(aNotify);
|
|
} else if (aNotify && mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
// We just got switched to be an image input; we should see
|
|
// whether we have an image to load;
|
|
nsAutoString src;
|
|
if (GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src, src)) {
|
|
// Mark channel as urgent-start before load image if the image load is
|
|
// initaiated by a user interaction.
|
|
mUseUrgentStartForChannel = EventStateManager::IsHandlingUserInput();
|
|
|
|
LoadImage(src, false, aNotify, eImageLoadType_Normal,
|
|
mSrcTriggeringPrincipal);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD && IsInComposedDoc()) {
|
|
AsyncEventDispatcher* dispatcher =
|
|
new AsyncEventDispatcher(this,
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("DOMInputPasswordAdded"),
|
|
true,
|
|
true);
|
|
dispatcher->PostDOMEvent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SanitizeValue(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mDoneCreating, "The element creation should be finished!");
|
|
|
|
switch (mType) {
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
|
|
{
|
|
aValue.StripCRLF();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
|
|
{
|
|
aValue.StripCRLF();
|
|
|
|
aValue = nsContentUtils::TrimWhitespace<nsContentUtils::IsHTMLWhitespace>(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
|
|
{
|
|
Decimal value;
|
|
bool ok = mInputType->ConvertStringToNumber(aValue, value);
|
|
if (!ok) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
|
|
{
|
|
Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
|
|
Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(minimum.isFinite() && maximum.isFinite(),
|
|
"type=range should have a default maximum/minimum");
|
|
|
|
// We use this to avoid modifying the string unnecessarily, since that
|
|
// may introduce rounding. This is set to true only if the value we
|
|
// parse out from aValue needs to be sanitized.
|
|
bool needSanitization = false;
|
|
|
|
Decimal value;
|
|
bool ok = mInputType->ConvertStringToNumber(aValue, value);
|
|
if (!ok) {
|
|
needSanitization = true;
|
|
// Set value to midway between minimum and maximum.
|
|
value = maximum <= minimum ? minimum : minimum + (maximum - minimum)/Decimal(2);
|
|
} else if (value < minimum || maximum < minimum) {
|
|
needSanitization = true;
|
|
value = minimum;
|
|
} else if (value > maximum) {
|
|
needSanitization = true;
|
|
value = maximum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal step = GetStep();
|
|
if (step != kStepAny) {
|
|
Decimal stepBase = GetStepBase();
|
|
// There could be rounding issues below when dealing with fractional
|
|
// numbers, but let's ignore that until ECMAScript supplies us with a
|
|
// decimal number type.
|
|
Decimal deltaToStep = NS_floorModulo(value - stepBase, step);
|
|
if (deltaToStep != Decimal(0)) {
|
|
// "suffering from a step mismatch"
|
|
// Round the element's value to the nearest number for which the
|
|
// element would not suffer from a step mismatch, and which is
|
|
// greater than or equal to the minimum, and, if the maximum is not
|
|
// less than the minimum, which is less than or equal to the
|
|
// maximum, if there is a number that matches these constraints:
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(deltaToStep > Decimal(0), "stepBelow/stepAbove will be wrong");
|
|
Decimal stepBelow = value - deltaToStep;
|
|
Decimal stepAbove = value - deltaToStep + step;
|
|
Decimal halfStep = step / Decimal(2);
|
|
bool stepAboveIsClosest = (stepAbove - value) <= halfStep;
|
|
bool stepAboveInRange = stepAbove >= minimum &&
|
|
stepAbove <= maximum;
|
|
bool stepBelowInRange = stepBelow >= minimum &&
|
|
stepBelow <= maximum;
|
|
|
|
if ((stepAboveIsClosest || !stepBelowInRange) && stepAboveInRange) {
|
|
needSanitization = true;
|
|
value = stepAbove;
|
|
} else if ((!stepAboveIsClosest || !stepAboveInRange) && stepBelowInRange) {
|
|
needSanitization = true;
|
|
value = stepBelow;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (needSanitization) {
|
|
char buf[32];
|
|
DebugOnly<bool> ok = value.toString(buf, ArrayLength(buf));
|
|
aValue.AssignASCII(buf);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(ok, "buf not big enough");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aValue.IsEmpty() && !IsValidDate(aValue)) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aValue.IsEmpty() && !IsValidTime(aValue)) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aValue.IsEmpty() && !IsValidMonth(aValue)) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aValue.IsEmpty() && !IsValidWeek(aValue)) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aValue.IsEmpty() && !IsValidDateTimeLocal(aValue)) {
|
|
aValue.Truncate();
|
|
} else {
|
|
NormalizeDateTimeLocal(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsValidSimpleColor(aValue)) {
|
|
ToLowerCase(aValue);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Set default (black) color, if aValue wasn't parsed correctly.
|
|
aValue.AssignLiteral("#000000");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool HTMLInputElement::IsValidSimpleColor(const nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (aValue.Length() != 7 || aValue.First() != '#') {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 1; i < 7; ++i) {
|
|
if (!nsCRT::IsAsciiDigit(aValue[i]) &&
|
|
!(aValue[i] >= 'a' && aValue[i] <= 'f') &&
|
|
!(aValue[i] >= 'A' && aValue[i] <= 'F')) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsLeapYear(uint32_t aYear) const
|
|
{
|
|
if ((aYear % 4 == 0 && aYear % 100 != 0) || ( aYear % 400 == 0)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DayOfWeek(uint32_t aYear, uint32_t aMonth, uint32_t aDay,
|
|
bool isoWeek) const
|
|
{
|
|
// Tomohiko Sakamoto algorithm.
|
|
int monthTable[] = {0, 3, 2, 5, 0, 3, 5, 1, 4, 6, 2, 4};
|
|
aYear -= aMonth < 3;
|
|
|
|
uint32_t day = (aYear + aYear / 4 - aYear / 100 + aYear / 400 +
|
|
monthTable[aMonth - 1] + aDay) % 7;
|
|
|
|
if (isoWeek) {
|
|
return ((day + 6) % 7) + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return day;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MaximumWeekInYear(uint32_t aYear) const
|
|
{
|
|
int day = DayOfWeek(aYear, 1, 1, true); // January 1.
|
|
// A year starting on Thursday or a leap year starting on Wednesday has 53
|
|
// weeks. All other years have 52 weeks.
|
|
return day == 4 || (day == 3 && IsLeapYear(aYear)) ?
|
|
kMaximumWeekInYear : kMaximumWeekInYear - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsValidWeek(const nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t year, week;
|
|
return ParseWeek(aValue, &year, &week);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsValidMonth(const nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t year, month;
|
|
return ParseMonth(aValue, &year, &month);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsValidDate(const nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t year, month, day;
|
|
return ParseDate(aValue, &year, &month, &day);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsValidDateTimeLocal(const nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t year, month, day, time;
|
|
return ParseDateTimeLocal(aValue, &year, &month, &day, &time);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ParseYear(const nsAString& aValue, uint32_t* aYear) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (aValue.Length() < 4) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 0, aValue.Length(), aYear) &&
|
|
*aYear > 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ParseMonth(const nsAString& aValue, uint32_t* aYear,
|
|
uint32_t* aMonth) const
|
|
{
|
|
// Parse the year, month values out a string formatted as 'yyyy-mm'.
|
|
if (aValue.Length() < 7) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t endOfYearOffset = aValue.Length() - 3;
|
|
if (aValue[endOfYearOffset] != '-') {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsAString& yearStr = Substring(aValue, 0, endOfYearOffset);
|
|
if (!ParseYear(yearStr, aYear)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, endOfYearOffset + 1, 2, aMonth) &&
|
|
*aMonth > 0 && *aMonth <= 12;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ParseWeek(const nsAString& aValue, uint32_t* aYear,
|
|
uint32_t* aWeek) const
|
|
{
|
|
// Parse the year, month values out a string formatted as 'yyyy-Www'.
|
|
if (aValue.Length() < 8) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t endOfYearOffset = aValue.Length() - 4;
|
|
if (aValue[endOfYearOffset] != '-') {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aValue[endOfYearOffset + 1] != 'W') {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsAString& yearStr = Substring(aValue, 0, endOfYearOffset);
|
|
if (!ParseYear(yearStr, aYear)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, endOfYearOffset + 2, 2, aWeek) &&
|
|
*aWeek > 0 && *aWeek <= MaximumWeekInYear(*aYear);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ParseDate(const nsAString& aValue, uint32_t* aYear,
|
|
uint32_t* aMonth, uint32_t* aDay) const
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Parse the year, month, day values out a date string formatted as 'yyyy-mm-dd'.
|
|
* -The year must be 4 or more digits long, and year > 0
|
|
* -The month must be exactly 2 digits long, and 01 <= month <= 12
|
|
* -The day must be exactly 2 digit long, and 01 <= day <= maxday
|
|
* Where maxday is the number of days in the month 'month' and year 'year'
|
|
*/
|
|
if (aValue.Length() < 10) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t endOfMonthOffset = aValue.Length() - 3;
|
|
if (aValue[endOfMonthOffset] != '-') {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsAString& yearMonthStr = Substring(aValue, 0, endOfMonthOffset);
|
|
if (!ParseMonth(yearMonthStr, aYear, aMonth)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, endOfMonthOffset + 1, 2, aDay) &&
|
|
*aDay > 0 && *aDay <= NumberOfDaysInMonth(*aMonth, *aYear);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ParseDateTimeLocal(const nsAString& aValue, uint32_t* aYear,
|
|
uint32_t* aMonth, uint32_t* aDay,
|
|
uint32_t* aTime) const
|
|
{
|
|
// Parse the year, month, day and time values out a string formatted as
|
|
// 'yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm[:ss.s] or 'yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm[:ss.s]', where fractions of
|
|
// seconds can be 1 to 3 digits.
|
|
// The minimum length allowed is 16, which is of the form 'yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm'
|
|
// or 'yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm'.
|
|
if (aValue.Length() < 16) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t sepIndex = aValue.FindChar('T');
|
|
if (sepIndex == -1) {
|
|
sepIndex = aValue.FindChar(' ');
|
|
|
|
if (sepIndex == -1) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsAString& dateStr = Substring(aValue, 0, sepIndex);
|
|
if (!ParseDate(dateStr, aYear, aMonth, aDay)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsAString& timeStr = Substring(aValue, sepIndex + 1,
|
|
aValue.Length() - sepIndex + 1);
|
|
if (!ParseTime(timeStr, aTime)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::NormalizeDateTimeLocal(nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (aValue.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Use 'T' as the separator between date string and time string.
|
|
int32_t sepIndex = aValue.FindChar(' ');
|
|
if (sepIndex != -1) {
|
|
aValue.ReplaceLiteral(sepIndex, 1, u"T");
|
|
} else {
|
|
sepIndex = aValue.FindChar('T');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Time expressed as the shortest possible string, which is hh:mm.
|
|
if ((aValue.Length() - sepIndex) == 6) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fractions of seconds part is optional, ommit it if it's 0.
|
|
if ((aValue.Length() - sepIndex) > 9) {
|
|
const uint32_t millisecSepIndex = sepIndex + 9;
|
|
uint32_t milliseconds;
|
|
if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, millisecSepIndex + 1,
|
|
aValue.Length() - (millisecSepIndex + 1),
|
|
&milliseconds)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (milliseconds != 0) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aValue.Cut(millisecSepIndex, aValue.Length() - millisecSepIndex);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Seconds part is optional, ommit it if it's 0.
|
|
const uint32_t secondSepIndex = sepIndex + 6;
|
|
uint32_t seconds;
|
|
if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, secondSepIndex + 1,
|
|
aValue.Length() - (secondSepIndex + 1),
|
|
&seconds)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (seconds != 0) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aValue.Cut(secondSepIndex, aValue.Length() - secondSepIndex);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
double
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DaysSinceEpochFromWeek(uint32_t aYear, uint32_t aWeek) const
|
|
{
|
|
double days = JS::DayFromYear(aYear) + (aWeek - 1) * 7;
|
|
uint32_t dayOneIsoWeekday = DayOfWeek(aYear, 1, 1, true);
|
|
|
|
// If day one of that year is on/before Thursday, we should subtract the
|
|
// days that belong to last year in our first week, otherwise, our first
|
|
// days belong to last year's last week, and we should add those days
|
|
// back.
|
|
if (dayOneIsoWeekday <= 4) {
|
|
days -= (dayOneIsoWeekday - 1);
|
|
} else {
|
|
days += (7 - dayOneIsoWeekday + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return days;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::NumberOfDaysInMonth(uint32_t aMonth, uint32_t aYear) const
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Returns the number of days in a month.
|
|
* Months that are |longMonths| always have 31 days.
|
|
* Months that are not |longMonths| have 30 days except February (month 2).
|
|
* February has 29 days during leap years which are years that are divisible by 400.
|
|
* or divisible by 100 and 4. February has 28 days otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static const bool longMonths[] = { true, false, true, false, true, false,
|
|
true, true, false, true, false, true };
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aMonth <= 12 && aMonth > 0);
|
|
|
|
if (longMonths[aMonth-1]) {
|
|
return 31;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aMonth != 2) {
|
|
return 30;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return IsLeapYear(aYear) ? 29 : 28;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DigitSubStringToNumber(const nsAString& aStr,
|
|
uint32_t aStart, uint32_t aLen,
|
|
uint32_t* aRetVal)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aStr.Length() > (aStart + aLen - 1));
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t offset = 0; offset < aLen; ++offset) {
|
|
if (!NS_IsAsciiDigit(aStr[aStart + offset])) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult ec;
|
|
*aRetVal = static_cast<uint32_t>(PromiseFlatString(Substring(aStr, aStart, aLen)).ToInteger(&ec));
|
|
|
|
return NS_SUCCEEDED(ec);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsValidTime(const nsAString& aValue) const
|
|
{
|
|
return ParseTime(aValue, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ParseTime(const nsAString& aValue, uint32_t* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
/* The string must have the following parts:
|
|
* - HOURS: two digits, value being in [0, 23];
|
|
* - Colon (:);
|
|
* - MINUTES: two digits, value being in [0, 59];
|
|
* - Optional:
|
|
* - Colon (:);
|
|
* - SECONDS: two digits, value being in [0, 59];
|
|
* - Optional:
|
|
* - DOT (.);
|
|
* - FRACTIONAL SECONDS: one to three digits, no value range.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
// The following format is the shorter one allowed: "HH:MM".
|
|
if (aValue.Length() < 5) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t hours;
|
|
if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 0, 2, &hours) || hours > 23) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Hours/minutes separator.
|
|
if (aValue[2] != ':') {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t minutes;
|
|
if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 3, 2, &minutes) || minutes > 59) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.Length() == 5) {
|
|
if (aResult) {
|
|
*aResult = ((hours * 60) + minutes) * 60000;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The following format is the next shorter one: "HH:MM:SS".
|
|
if (aValue.Length() < 8 || aValue[5] != ':') {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t seconds;
|
|
if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 6, 2, &seconds) || seconds > 59) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.Length() == 8) {
|
|
if (aResult) {
|
|
*aResult = (((hours * 60) + minutes) * 60 + seconds) * 1000;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The string must follow this format now: "HH:MM:SS.{s,ss,sss}".
|
|
// There can be 1 to 3 digits for the fractions of seconds.
|
|
if (aValue.Length() == 9 || aValue.Length() > 12 || aValue[8] != '.') {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t fractionsSeconds;
|
|
if (!DigitSubStringToNumber(aValue, 9, aValue.Length() - 9, &fractionsSeconds)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aResult) {
|
|
*aResult = (((hours * 60) + minutes) * 60 + seconds) * 1000 +
|
|
// NOTE: there is 10.0 instead of 10 and static_cast<int> because
|
|
// some old [and stupid] compilers can't just do the right thing.
|
|
fractionsSeconds * pow(10.0, static_cast<int>(3 - (aValue.Length() - 9)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsDateTimeTypeSupported(uint8_t aDateTimeInputType)
|
|
{
|
|
return ((aDateTimeInputType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE ||
|
|
aDateTimeInputType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME) &&
|
|
(IsInputDateTimeEnabled() || IsExperimentalFormsEnabled())) ||
|
|
((aDateTimeInputType == NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH ||
|
|
aDateTimeInputType == NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK ||
|
|
aDateTimeInputType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL) &&
|
|
IsInputDateTimeOthersEnabled());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsWebkitDirPickerEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sWebkitDirPickerEnabled = false;
|
|
static bool sWebkitDirPickerPrefCached = false;
|
|
if (!sWebkitDirPickerPrefCached) {
|
|
sWebkitDirPickerPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sWebkitDirPickerEnabled,
|
|
"dom.webkitBlink.dirPicker.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sWebkitDirPickerEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsWebkitFileSystemEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sWebkitFileSystemEnabled = false;
|
|
static bool sWebkitFileSystemPrefCached = false;
|
|
if (!sWebkitFileSystemPrefCached) {
|
|
sWebkitFileSystemPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sWebkitFileSystemEnabled,
|
|
"dom.webkitBlink.filesystem.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sWebkitFileSystemEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsDirPickerEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sDirPickerEnabled = false;
|
|
static bool sDirPickerPrefCached = false;
|
|
if (!sDirPickerPrefCached) {
|
|
sDirPickerPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sDirPickerEnabled, "dom.input.dirpicker",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sDirPickerEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsExperimentalFormsEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sExperimentalFormsEnabled = false;
|
|
static bool sExperimentalFormsPrefCached = false;
|
|
if (!sExperimentalFormsPrefCached) {
|
|
sExperimentalFormsPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sExperimentalFormsEnabled,
|
|
"dom.experimental_forms",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sExperimentalFormsEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsInputDateTimeEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sDateTimeEnabled = false;
|
|
static bool sDateTimePrefCached = false;
|
|
if (!sDateTimePrefCached) {
|
|
sDateTimePrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sDateTimeEnabled, "dom.forms.datetime",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sDateTimeEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsInputDateTimeOthersEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sDateTimeOthersEnabled = false;
|
|
static bool sDateTimeOthersPrefCached = false;
|
|
if (!sDateTimeOthersPrefCached) {
|
|
sDateTimeOthersPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sDateTimeOthersEnabled,
|
|
"dom.forms.datetime.others", false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sDateTimeOthersEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsInputNumberEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sInputNumberEnabled = false;
|
|
static bool sInputNumberPrefCached = false;
|
|
if (!sInputNumberPrefCached) {
|
|
sInputNumberPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sInputNumberEnabled, "dom.forms.number",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sInputNumberEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsInputColorEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sInputColorEnabled = false;
|
|
static bool sInputColorPrefCached = false;
|
|
if (!sInputColorPrefCached) {
|
|
sInputColorPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sInputColorEnabled, "dom.forms.color",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sInputColorEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ParseAttribute(int32_t aNamespaceID,
|
|
nsAtom* aAttribute,
|
|
const nsAString& aValue,
|
|
nsAttrValue& aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
// We can't make these static_asserts because kInputDefaultType and
|
|
// kInputTypeTable aren't constexpr.
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(kInputDefaultType->value == NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT,
|
|
"Someone forgot to update kInputDefaultType when adding a new "
|
|
"input type.");
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(kInputTypeTable[ArrayLength(kInputTypeTable) - 1].tag == nullptr,
|
|
"Last entry in the table must be the nullptr guard");
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(kInputTypeTable[ArrayLength(kInputTypeTable) - 2].value ==
|
|
NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT,
|
|
"Next to last entry in the table must be the \"text\" entry");
|
|
|
|
if (aNamespaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) {
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::type) {
|
|
aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kInputTypeTable, false, kInputDefaultType);
|
|
int32_t newType = aResult.GetEnumValue();
|
|
if ((newType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER && !IsInputNumberEnabled()) ||
|
|
(newType == NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR && !IsInputColorEnabled()) ||
|
|
(IsDateTimeInputType(newType) && !IsDateTimeTypeSupported(newType))) {
|
|
// There's no public way to set an nsAttrValue to an enum value, but we
|
|
// can just re-parse with a table that doesn't have any types other than
|
|
// "text" in it.
|
|
aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kInputDefaultType, false, kInputDefaultType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::width) {
|
|
return aResult.ParseSpecialIntValue(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::height) {
|
|
return aResult.ParseSpecialIntValue(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::maxlength) {
|
|
return aResult.ParseNonNegativeIntValue(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::minlength) {
|
|
return aResult.ParseNonNegativeIntValue(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::size) {
|
|
return aResult.ParsePositiveIntValue(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::border) {
|
|
return aResult.ParseIntWithBounds(aValue, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::align) {
|
|
return ParseAlignValue(aValue, aResult);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::formmethod) {
|
|
return aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kFormMethodTable, false);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::formenctype) {
|
|
return aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kFormEnctypeTable, false);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::autocomplete) {
|
|
aResult.ParseAtomArray(aValue);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::inputmode) {
|
|
return aResult.ParseEnumValue(aValue, kInputInputmodeTable, false);
|
|
}
|
|
if (ParseImageAttribute(aAttribute, aValue, aResult)) {
|
|
// We have to call |ParseImageAttribute| unconditionally since we
|
|
// don't know if we're going to have a type="image" attribute yet,
|
|
// (or could have it set dynamically in the future). See bug
|
|
// 214077.
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsGenericHTMLElement::ParseAttribute(aNamespaceID, aAttribute, aValue,
|
|
aResult);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::MapAttributesIntoRule(const nsMappedAttributes* aAttributes,
|
|
GenericSpecifiedValues* aData)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsAttrValue* value = aAttributes->GetAttr(nsGkAtoms::type);
|
|
if (value && value->Type() == nsAttrValue::eEnum &&
|
|
value->GetEnumValue() == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapImageBorderAttributeInto(aAttributes, aData);
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapImageMarginAttributeInto(aAttributes, aData);
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapImageSizeAttributesInto(aAttributes, aData);
|
|
// Images treat align as "float"
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapImageAlignAttributeInto(aAttributes, aData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::MapCommonAttributesInto(aAttributes, aData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsChangeHint
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetAttributeChangeHint(const nsAtom* aAttribute,
|
|
int32_t aModType) const
|
|
{
|
|
nsChangeHint retval =
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::GetAttributeChangeHint(aAttribute, aModType);
|
|
if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::type ||
|
|
// The presence or absence of the 'directory' attribute determines what
|
|
// buttons we show for type=file.
|
|
aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::allowdirs ||
|
|
aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::webkitdirectory) {
|
|
retval |= nsChangeHint_ReconstructFrame;
|
|
} else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE &&
|
|
(aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::alt ||
|
|
aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::value)) {
|
|
// We might need to rebuild our alt text. Just go ahead and
|
|
// reconstruct our frame. This should be quite rare..
|
|
retval |= nsChangeHint_ReconstructFrame;
|
|
} else if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::value) {
|
|
retval |= NS_STYLE_HINT_REFLOW;
|
|
} else if (aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::size &&
|
|
IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
retval |= NS_STYLE_HINT_REFLOW;
|
|
} else if (PlaceholderApplies() && aAttribute == nsGkAtoms::placeholder) {
|
|
retval |= nsChangeHint_ReconstructFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsAttributeMapped(const nsAtom* aAttribute) const
|
|
{
|
|
static const MappedAttributeEntry attributes[] = {
|
|
{ &nsGkAtoms::align },
|
|
{ &nsGkAtoms::type },
|
|
{ nullptr },
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const MappedAttributeEntry* const map[] = {
|
|
attributes,
|
|
sCommonAttributeMap,
|
|
sImageMarginSizeAttributeMap,
|
|
sImageBorderAttributeMap,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return FindAttributeDependence(aAttribute, map);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsMapRuleToAttributesFunc
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetAttributeMappingFunction() const
|
|
{
|
|
return &MapAttributesIntoRule;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Directory picking methods:
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsFilesAndDirectoriesSupported() const
|
|
{
|
|
// This method is supposed to return true if a file and directory picker
|
|
// supports the selection of both files and directories *at the same time*.
|
|
// Only Mac currently supports that. We could implement it for Mac, but
|
|
// currently we do not.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ChooseDirectory(ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// Script can call this method directly, so even though we don't show the
|
|
// "Pick Folder..." button on platforms that don't have a directory picker
|
|
// we have to redirect to the file picker here.
|
|
InitFilePicker(
|
|
#if defined(ANDROID)
|
|
// No native directory picker - redirect to plain file picker
|
|
FILE_PICKER_FILE
|
|
#else
|
|
FILE_PICKER_DIRECTORY
|
|
#endif
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<Promise>
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetFilesAndDirectories(ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(global);
|
|
if (!global) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<Promise> p = Promise::Create(global, aRv);
|
|
if (aRv.Failed()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& filesAndDirs =
|
|
GetFilesOrDirectoriesInternal();
|
|
|
|
Sequence<OwningFileOrDirectory> filesAndDirsSeq;
|
|
|
|
if (!filesAndDirsSeq.SetLength(filesAndDirs.Length(),
|
|
mozilla::fallible_t())) {
|
|
p->MaybeReject(NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
|
|
return p.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < filesAndDirs.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
if (filesAndDirs[i].IsDirectory()) {
|
|
RefPtr<Directory> directory = filesAndDirs[i].GetAsDirectory();
|
|
|
|
// In future we could refactor SetFilePickerFiltersFromAccept to return a
|
|
// semicolon separated list of file extensions and include that in the
|
|
// filter string passed here.
|
|
directory->SetContentFilters(NS_LITERAL_STRING("filter-out-sensitive"));
|
|
filesAndDirsSeq[i].SetAsDirectory() = directory;
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(filesAndDirs[i].IsFile());
|
|
|
|
// This file was directly selected by the user, so don't filter it.
|
|
filesAndDirsSeq[i].SetAsFile() = filesAndDirs[i].GetAsFile();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
p->MaybeResolve(filesAndDirsSeq);
|
|
return p.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<Promise>
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetFiles(bool aRecursiveFlag, ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetFilesHelper* helper = GetOrCreateGetFilesHelper(aRecursiveFlag, aRv);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(aRv.Failed())) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(helper);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(global);
|
|
if (!global) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<Promise> p = Promise::Create(global, aRv);
|
|
if (aRv.Failed()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
helper->AddPromise(p);
|
|
return p.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Controllers Methods
|
|
|
|
nsIControllers*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetControllers(ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
//XXX: what about type "file"?
|
|
if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!mControllers)
|
|
{
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
mControllers = do_CreateInstance(kXULControllersCID, &rv);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(rv);
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIController>
|
|
controller(do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/editor/editorcontroller;1",
|
|
&rv));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(rv);
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mControllers->AppendController(controller);
|
|
|
|
controller = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/editor/editingcontroller;1",
|
|
&rv);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(rv);
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mControllers->AppendController(controller);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mControllers;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetControllers(nsIControllers** aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
|
|
|
|
ErrorResult rv;
|
|
RefPtr<nsIControllers> controller = GetControllers(rv);
|
|
controller.forget(aResult);
|
|
return rv.StealNSResult();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::InputTextLength(CallerType aCallerType)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoString val;
|
|
GetValue(val, aCallerType);
|
|
return val.Length();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionRange(uint32_t aSelectionStart,
|
|
uint32_t aSelectionEnd,
|
|
const Optional<nsAString>& aDirection,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(state, "SupportsTextSelection() returned true!");
|
|
state->SetSelectionRange(aSelectionStart, aSelectionEnd, aDirection, aRv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetRangeText(const nsAString& aReplacement, ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(state, "SupportsTextSelection() returned true!");
|
|
state->SetRangeText(aReplacement, aRv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetRangeText(const nsAString& aReplacement, uint32_t aStart,
|
|
uint32_t aEnd, SelectionMode aSelectMode,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(state, "SupportsTextSelection() returned true!");
|
|
state->SetRangeText(aReplacement, aStart, aEnd, aSelectMode, aRv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetValueFromSetRangeText(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
GetNonFileValueInternal(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetValueFromSetRangeText(const nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
return SetValueInternal(aValue,
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_ByContent |
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Nullable<uint32_t>
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionStart(ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
return Nullable<uint32_t>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t selStart = GetSelectionStartIgnoringType(aRv);
|
|
if (aRv.Failed()) {
|
|
return Nullable<uint32_t>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Nullable<uint32_t>(selStart);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionStartIgnoringType(ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t selEnd, selStart;
|
|
GetSelectionRange(&selStart, &selEnd, aRv);
|
|
return selStart;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionStart(const Nullable<uint32_t>& aSelectionStart,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(state, "SupportsTextSelection() returned true!");
|
|
state->SetSelectionStart(aSelectionStart, aRv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Nullable<uint32_t>
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionEnd(ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
return Nullable<uint32_t>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t selEnd = GetSelectionEndIgnoringType(aRv);
|
|
if (aRv.Failed()) {
|
|
return Nullable<uint32_t>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Nullable<uint32_t>(selEnd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionEndIgnoringType(ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t selEnd, selStart;
|
|
GetSelectionRange(&selStart, &selEnd, aRv);
|
|
return selEnd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionEnd(const Nullable<uint32_t>& aSelectionEnd,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(state, "SupportsTextSelection() returned true!");
|
|
state->SetSelectionEnd(aSelectionEnd, aRv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionRange(uint32_t* aSelectionStart,
|
|
uint32_t* aSelectionEnd,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (!state) {
|
|
// Not a text control.
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
state->GetSelectionRange(aSelectionStart, aSelectionEnd, aRv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetSelectionDirection(nsAString& aDirection, ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
aDirection.SetIsVoid(true);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(state, "SupportsTextSelection came back true!");
|
|
state->GetSelectionDirectionString(aDirection, aRv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetSelectionDirection(const nsAString& aDirection, ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!SupportsTextSelection()) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_DOM_INVALID_STATE_ERR);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(state, "SupportsTextSelection came back true!");
|
|
state->SetSelectionDirection(aDirection, aRv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
|
|
/*static*/ nsresult
|
|
FireEventForAccessibility(nsIDOMHTMLInputElement* aTarget,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
EventMessage aEventMessage)
|
|
{
|
|
nsCOMPtr<mozilla::dom::Element> element = do_QueryInterface(aTarget);
|
|
return nsContentUtils::DispatchTrustedEvent<WidgetEvent>
|
|
(element->OwnerDoc(), aTarget, aEventMessage, true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateApzAwareFlag()
|
|
{
|
|
#if !defined(ANDROID) && !defined(XP_MACOSX)
|
|
if ((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER) || (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE)) {
|
|
SetMayBeApzAware();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetDefaultValueAsValue()
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_VALUE,
|
|
"GetValueMode() should return VALUE_MODE_VALUE!");
|
|
|
|
// The element has a content attribute value different from it's value when
|
|
// it's in the value mode value.
|
|
nsAutoString resetVal;
|
|
GetDefaultValue(resetVal);
|
|
|
|
// SetValueInternal is going to sanitize the value.
|
|
return SetValueInternal(resetVal, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetDirectionFromValue(bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsSingleLineTextControl(true)) {
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetValue(value, CallerType::System);
|
|
SetDirectionalityFromValue(this, value, aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::Reset()
|
|
{
|
|
// We should be able to reset all dirty flags regardless of the type.
|
|
SetCheckedChanged(false);
|
|
SetValueChanged(false);
|
|
mLastValueChangeWasInteractive = false;
|
|
|
|
switch (GetValueMode()) {
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
|
|
return SetDefaultValueAsValue();
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
|
|
DoSetChecked(DefaultChecked(), true, false);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
|
|
ClearFiles(false);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
|
|
default:
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SubmitNamesValues(HTMLFormSubmission* aFormSubmission)
|
|
{
|
|
// Disabled elements don't submit
|
|
// For type=reset, and type=button, we just never submit, period.
|
|
// For type=image and type=button, we only submit if we were the button
|
|
// pressed
|
|
// For type=radio and type=checkbox, we only submit if checked=true
|
|
if (IsDisabled() || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON ||
|
|
((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) &&
|
|
aFormSubmission->GetOriginatingElement() != this) ||
|
|
((mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX) &&
|
|
!mChecked)) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the name
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
|
|
// Submit .x, .y for input type=image
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
// Get a property set by the frame to find out where it was clicked.
|
|
nsIntPoint* lastClickedPoint =
|
|
static_cast<nsIntPoint*>(GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::imageClickedPoint));
|
|
int32_t x, y;
|
|
if (lastClickedPoint) {
|
|
// Convert the values to strings for submission
|
|
x = lastClickedPoint->x;
|
|
y = lastClickedPoint->y;
|
|
} else {
|
|
x = y = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString xVal, yVal;
|
|
xVal.AppendInt(x);
|
|
yVal.AppendInt(y);
|
|
|
|
if (!name.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(name + NS_LITERAL_STRING(".x"), xVal);
|
|
aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(name + NS_LITERAL_STRING(".y"), yVal);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If the Image Element has no name, simply return x and y
|
|
// to Nav and IE compatibility.
|
|
aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(NS_LITERAL_STRING("x"), xVal);
|
|
aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(NS_LITERAL_STRING("y"), yVal);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If name not there, don't submit
|
|
if (name.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Submit file if its input type=file and this encoding method accepts files
|
|
//
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE) {
|
|
// Submit files
|
|
|
|
const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& files =
|
|
GetFilesOrDirectoriesInternal();
|
|
|
|
if (files.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
aFormSubmission->AddNameBlobOrNullPair(name, nullptr);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < files.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
if (files[i].IsFile()) {
|
|
aFormSubmission->AddNameBlobOrNullPair(name, files[i].GetAsFile());
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(files[i].IsDirectory());
|
|
aFormSubmission->AddNameDirectoryPair(name, files[i].GetAsDirectory());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN && name.EqualsLiteral("_charset_")) {
|
|
nsCString charset;
|
|
aFormSubmission->GetCharset(charset);
|
|
return aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(name,
|
|
NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(charset));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Submit name=value
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Get the value
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetValue(value, CallerType::System);
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT && value.IsEmpty() &&
|
|
!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::value)) {
|
|
// Get our default value, which is the same as our default label
|
|
nsAutoString defaultValue;
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"Submit", defaultValue);
|
|
value = defaultValue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aFormSubmission->AddNameValuePair(name, value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SaveState()
|
|
{
|
|
nsPresState* state = nullptr;
|
|
switch (GetValueMode()) {
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
|
|
if (mCheckedChanged) {
|
|
state = GetPrimaryPresState();
|
|
if (!state) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<HTMLInputElementState> inputState = new HTMLInputElementState();
|
|
inputState->SetChecked(mChecked);
|
|
state->SetStateProperty(inputState);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
|
|
if (!mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
state = GetPrimaryPresState();
|
|
if (!state) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<HTMLInputElementState> inputState = new HTMLInputElementState();
|
|
inputState->SetFilesOrDirectories(mFileData->mFilesOrDirectories);
|
|
state->SetStateProperty(inputState);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
|
|
// VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT shouldn't have their value saved except 'hidden',
|
|
// mType shouldn't be NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD and value should have changed.
|
|
if ((GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT &&
|
|
mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN) ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD || !mValueChanged) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
state = GetPrimaryPresState();
|
|
if (!state) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<HTMLInputElementState> inputState = new HTMLInputElementState();
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
GetValue(value, CallerType::System);
|
|
|
|
if (!IsSingleLineTextControl(false)) {
|
|
nsresult rv = nsLinebreakConverter::ConvertStringLineBreaks(
|
|
value,
|
|
nsLinebreakConverter::eLinebreakPlatform,
|
|
nsLinebreakConverter::eLinebreakContent);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
NS_ERROR("Converting linebreaks failed!");
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inputState->SetValue(value);
|
|
state->SetStateProperty(inputState);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mDisabledChanged) {
|
|
if (!state) {
|
|
state = GetPrimaryPresState();
|
|
}
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
// We do not want to save the real disabled state but the disabled
|
|
// attribute.
|
|
state->SetDisabled(HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::disabled));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DoneCreatingElement()
|
|
{
|
|
mDoneCreating = true;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Restore state as needed. Note that disabled state applies to all control
|
|
// types.
|
|
//
|
|
bool restoredCheckedState =
|
|
!mInhibitRestoration && NS_SUCCEEDED(GenerateStateKey()) && RestoreFormControlState();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If restore does not occur, we initialize .checked using the CHECKED
|
|
// property.
|
|
//
|
|
if (!restoredCheckedState && mShouldInitChecked) {
|
|
DoSetChecked(DefaultChecked(), false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Sanitize the value.
|
|
if (GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_VALUE) {
|
|
nsAutoString aValue;
|
|
GetValue(aValue, CallerType::System);
|
|
// TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails? (The allocation
|
|
// may potentially be big, but most likely we've failed to allocate
|
|
// before the type change.)
|
|
SetValueInternal(aValue, nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Internal);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mShouldInitChecked = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
EventStates
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IntrinsicState() const
|
|
{
|
|
// If you add states here, and they're type-dependent, you need to add them
|
|
// to the type case in AfterSetAttr.
|
|
|
|
EventStates state = nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::IntrinsicState();
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
// Check current checked state (:checked)
|
|
if (mChecked) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_CHECKED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check current indeterminate state (:indeterminate)
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX && mIndeterminate) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_INDETERMINATE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selected = GetSelectedRadioButton();
|
|
bool indeterminate = !selected && !mChecked;
|
|
|
|
if (indeterminate) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_INDETERMINATE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check whether we are the default checked element (:default)
|
|
if (DefaultChecked()) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_DEFAULT;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE) {
|
|
state |= nsImageLoadingContent::ImageState();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsCandidateForConstraintValidation()) {
|
|
if (IsValid()) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_VALID;
|
|
} else {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_INVALID;
|
|
|
|
if ((!mForm || !mForm->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::novalidate)) &&
|
|
(GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_CUSTOM_ERROR) ||
|
|
(mCanShowInvalidUI && ShouldShowValidityUI()))) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_MOZ_UI_INVALID;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// :-moz-ui-valid applies if all of the following conditions are true:
|
|
// 1. The element is not focused, or had either :-moz-ui-valid or
|
|
// :-moz-ui-invalid applying before it was focused ;
|
|
// 2. The element is either valid or isn't allowed to have
|
|
// :-moz-ui-invalid applying ;
|
|
// 3. The element has no form owner or its form owner doesn't have the
|
|
// novalidate attribute set ;
|
|
// 4. The element has already been modified or the user tried to submit the
|
|
// form owner while invalid.
|
|
if ((!mForm || !mForm->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::novalidate)) &&
|
|
(mCanShowValidUI && ShouldShowValidityUI() &&
|
|
(IsValid() || (!state.HasState(NS_EVENT_STATE_MOZ_UI_INVALID) &&
|
|
!mCanShowInvalidUI)))) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_MOZ_UI_VALID;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// :in-range and :out-of-range only apply if the element currently has a range
|
|
if (mHasRange) {
|
|
state |= (GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW) ||
|
|
GetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW))
|
|
? NS_EVENT_STATE_OUTOFRANGE
|
|
: NS_EVENT_STATE_INRANGE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (PlaceholderApplies() &&
|
|
HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::placeholder) &&
|
|
IsValueEmpty()) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_PLACEHOLDERSHOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mForm && !mForm->GetValidity() && IsSubmitControl()) {
|
|
state |= NS_EVENT_STATE_MOZ_SUBMITINVALID;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return state;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::AddStates(EventStates aStates)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT) {
|
|
EventStates focusStates(aStates & (NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUS |
|
|
NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUSRING));
|
|
if (!focusStates.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
HTMLInputElement* ownerNumberControl = GetOwnerNumberControl();
|
|
if (ownerNumberControl) {
|
|
ownerNumberControl->AddStates(focusStates);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::AddStates(aStates);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::RemoveStates(EventStates aStates)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT) {
|
|
EventStates focusStates(aStates & (NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUS |
|
|
NS_EVENT_STATE_FOCUSRING));
|
|
if (!focusStates.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
HTMLInputElement* ownerNumberControl = GetOwnerNumberControl();
|
|
if (ownerNumberControl) {
|
|
ownerNumberControl->RemoveStates(focusStates);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::RemoveStates(aStates);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::RestoreState(nsPresState* aState)
|
|
{
|
|
bool restoredCheckedState = false;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<HTMLInputElementState> inputState
|
|
(do_QueryInterface(aState->GetStateProperty()));
|
|
|
|
if (inputState) {
|
|
switch (GetValueMode()) {
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON:
|
|
if (inputState->IsCheckedSet()) {
|
|
restoredCheckedState = true;
|
|
DoSetChecked(inputState->GetChecked(), true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_FILENAME:
|
|
{
|
|
nsPIDOMWindowInner* window = OwnerDoc()->GetInnerWindow();
|
|
if (window) {
|
|
nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory> array;
|
|
inputState->GetFilesOrDirectories(window, array);
|
|
|
|
SetFilesOrDirectories(array, true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_VALUE:
|
|
case VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT:
|
|
if (GetValueMode() == VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT &&
|
|
mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TODO: What should we do if SetValueInternal fails? (The allocation
|
|
// may potentially be big, but most likely we've failed to allocate
|
|
// before the type change.)
|
|
SetValueInternal(inputState->GetValue(),
|
|
nsTextEditorState::eSetValue_Notify);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aState->IsDisabledSet() && !aState->GetDisabled()) {
|
|
IgnoredErrorResult ignored;
|
|
SetDisabled(false, ignored);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return restoredCheckedState;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::AllowDrop()
|
|
{
|
|
// Allow drop on anything other than file inputs.
|
|
|
|
return mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Radio group stuff
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::AddedToRadioGroup()
|
|
{
|
|
// If the element is neither in a form nor a document, there is no group so we
|
|
// should just stop here.
|
|
if (!mForm && !IsInUncomposedDoc()) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Make sure not to notify if we're still being created
|
|
bool notify = mDoneCreating;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If the input element is checked, and we add it to the group, it will
|
|
// deselect whatever is currently selected in that group
|
|
//
|
|
if (mChecked) {
|
|
//
|
|
// If it is checked, call "RadioSetChecked" to perform the selection/
|
|
// deselection ritual. This has the side effect of repainting the
|
|
// radio button, but as adding a checked radio button into the group
|
|
// should not be that common an occurrence, I think we can live with
|
|
// that.
|
|
//
|
|
RadioSetChecked(notify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// For integrity purposes, we have to ensure that "checkedChanged" is
|
|
// the same for this new element as for all the others in the group
|
|
//
|
|
bool checkedChanged = mCheckedChanged;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioVisitor> visitor =
|
|
new nsRadioGetCheckedChangedVisitor(&checkedChanged, this);
|
|
VisitGroup(visitor, notify);
|
|
|
|
SetCheckedChangedInternal(checkedChanged);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the radio to the radio group container.
|
|
//
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioGroupContainer> container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
if (container) {
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
container->AddToRadioGroup(name, this);
|
|
|
|
// We initialize the validity of the element to the validity of the group
|
|
// because we assume UpdateValueMissingState() will be called after.
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING,
|
|
container->GetValueMissingState(name));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::WillRemoveFromRadioGroup()
|
|
{
|
|
nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
if (!container) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
|
|
// If this button was checked, we need to notify the group that there is no
|
|
// longer a selected radio button
|
|
if (mChecked) {
|
|
container->SetCurrentRadioButton(name, nullptr);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioVisitor> visitor = new nsRadioUpdateStateVisitor(this);
|
|
VisitGroup(visitor, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Remove this radio from its group in the container.
|
|
// We need to call UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio before to make sure
|
|
// the group validity is updated (with this element being ignored).
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(true);
|
|
container->RemoveFromRadioGroup(name, this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsHTMLFocusable(bool aWithMouse, bool* aIsFocusable, int32_t* aTabIndex)
|
|
{
|
|
if (nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::IsHTMLFocusable(aWithMouse, aIsFocusable,
|
|
aTabIndex))
|
|
{
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsDisabled()) {
|
|
*aIsFocusable = false;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsSingleLineTextControl(false) ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE) {
|
|
*aIsFocusable = true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef XP_MACOSX
|
|
const bool defaultFocusable = !aWithMouse || nsFocusManager::sMouseFocusesFormControl;
|
|
#else
|
|
const bool defaultFocusable = true;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE) {
|
|
if (aTabIndex) {
|
|
// We only want our native anonymous child to be tabable to, not ourself.
|
|
*aTabIndex = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE) {
|
|
*aIsFocusable = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
*aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN) {
|
|
if (aTabIndex) {
|
|
*aTabIndex = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
*aIsFocusable = false;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!aTabIndex) {
|
|
// The other controls are all focusable
|
|
*aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
*aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mChecked) {
|
|
// Selected radio buttons are tabbable
|
|
*aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Current radio button is not selected.
|
|
// But make it tabbable if nothing in group is selected.
|
|
nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
if (!container) {
|
|
*aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
|
|
if (container->GetCurrentRadioButton(name)) {
|
|
*aTabIndex = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
*aIsFocusable = defaultFocusable;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::VisitGroup(nsIRadioVisitor* aVisitor, bool aFlushContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIRadioGroupContainer* container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
if (container) {
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
return container->WalkRadioGroup(name, aVisitor, aFlushContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aVisitor->Visit(this);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ValueModeType
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetValueMode() const
|
|
{
|
|
switch (mType)
|
|
{
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
|
|
return VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
|
|
return VALUE_MODE_DEFAULT_ON;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
|
|
return VALUE_MODE_FILENAME;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
return VALUE_MODE_VALUE;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in GetValueMode()");
|
|
return VALUE_MODE_VALUE;
|
|
#else // DEBUG
|
|
default:
|
|
return VALUE_MODE_VALUE;
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsMutable() const
|
|
{
|
|
return !IsDisabled() &&
|
|
!(DoesReadOnlyApply() &&
|
|
HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::readonly));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DoesReadOnlyApply() const
|
|
{
|
|
switch (mType)
|
|
{
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
|
|
return false;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
return true;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in DoesReadOnlyApply()");
|
|
return true;
|
|
#else // DEBUG
|
|
default:
|
|
return true;
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DoesRequiredApply() const
|
|
{
|
|
switch (mType)
|
|
{
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
|
|
return false;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
return true;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in DoesRequiredApply()");
|
|
return true;
|
|
#else // DEBUG
|
|
default:
|
|
return true;
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::PlaceholderApplies() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsDateTimeInputType(mType)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return IsSingleLineTextControl(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DoesMinMaxApply() const
|
|
{
|
|
switch (mType)
|
|
{
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
return true;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
|
|
return false;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in DoesRequiredApply()");
|
|
return false;
|
|
#else // DEBUG
|
|
default:
|
|
return false;
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::DoesAutocompleteApply() const
|
|
{
|
|
switch (mType)
|
|
{
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEXT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SEARCH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_URL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TEL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_EMAIL:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_COLOR:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
return true;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_SUBMIT:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_IMAGE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_CHECKBOX:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE:
|
|
return false;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("Unexpected input type in DoesAutocompleteApply()");
|
|
return false;
|
|
#else // DEBUG
|
|
default:
|
|
return false;
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetStep() const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(DoesStepApply(), "GetStep() can only be called if @step applies");
|
|
|
|
if (!HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::step)) {
|
|
return GetDefaultStep() * GetStepScaleFactor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString stepStr;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::step, stepStr);
|
|
|
|
if (stepStr.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("any")) {
|
|
// The element can't suffer from step mismatch if there is no step.
|
|
return kStepAny;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal step = StringToDecimal(stepStr);
|
|
if (!step.isFinite() || step <= Decimal(0)) {
|
|
step = GetDefaultStep();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For input type=date, we round the step value to have a rounded day.
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE || mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK) {
|
|
step = std::max(step.round(), Decimal(1));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return step * GetStepScaleFactor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// nsIConstraintValidation
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetCustomValidity(const nsAString& aError)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIConstraintValidation::SetCustomValidity(aError);
|
|
|
|
UpdateState(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsTooLong()
|
|
{
|
|
if (!mValueChanged ||
|
|
!mLastValueChangeWasInteractive) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mInputType->IsTooLong();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsTooShort()
|
|
{
|
|
if (!mValueChanged ||
|
|
!mLastValueChangeWasInteractive) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mInputType->IsTooShort();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsValueMissing() const
|
|
{
|
|
// Should use UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio() for type radio.
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO);
|
|
|
|
return mInputType->IsValueMissing();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::HasTypeMismatch() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mInputType->HasTypeMismatch();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::HasPatternMismatch() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mInputType->HasPatternMismatch();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsRangeOverflow() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mInputType->IsRangeOverflow();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsRangeUnderflow() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mInputType->IsRangeUnderflow();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::HasStepMismatch(bool aUseZeroIfValueNaN) const
|
|
{
|
|
return mInputType->HasStepMismatch(aUseZeroIfValueNaN);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
HTMLInputElement::HasBadInput() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mInputType->HasBadInput();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateTooLongValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_TOO_LONG, IsTooLong());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateTooShortValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_TOO_SHORT, IsTooShort());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(bool aIgnoreSelf)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO,
|
|
"This should be called only for radio input types");
|
|
|
|
bool notify = mDoneCreating;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> selection = GetSelectedRadioButton();
|
|
|
|
aIgnoreSelf = aIgnoreSelf || !IsMutable();
|
|
|
|
// If there is no selection, that might mean the radio is not in a group.
|
|
// In that case, we can look for the checked state of the radio.
|
|
bool selected = selection || (!aIgnoreSelf && mChecked);
|
|
bool required = !aIgnoreSelf && IsRequired();
|
|
bool valueMissing = false;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioGroupContainer> container = GetRadioGroupContainer();
|
|
|
|
if (!container) {
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING,
|
|
IsMutable() && required && !selected);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::name, name);
|
|
|
|
// If the current radio is required and not ignored, we can assume the entire
|
|
// group is required.
|
|
if (!required) {
|
|
required = (aIgnoreSelf && IsRequired())
|
|
? container->GetRequiredRadioCount(name) - 1
|
|
: container->GetRequiredRadioCount(name);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
valueMissing = required && !selected;
|
|
|
|
if (container->GetValueMissingState(name) != valueMissing) {
|
|
container->SetValueMissingState(name, valueMissing);
|
|
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING, valueMissing);
|
|
|
|
// nsRadioSetValueMissingState will call ContentStateChanged while visiting.
|
|
nsAutoScriptBlocker scriptBlocker;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIRadioVisitor> visitor =
|
|
new nsRadioSetValueMissingState(this, valueMissing, notify);
|
|
VisitGroup(visitor, notify);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateValueMissingValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RADIO) {
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityStateForRadio(false);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_VALUE_MISSING, IsValueMissing());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateTypeMismatchValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_TYPE_MISMATCH, HasTypeMismatch());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdatePatternMismatchValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_PATTERN_MISMATCH, HasPatternMismatch());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateRangeOverflowValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW, IsRangeOverflow());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateRangeUnderflowValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_RANGE_UNDERFLOW, IsRangeUnderflow());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateStepMismatchValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_STEP_MISMATCH, HasStepMismatch());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateBadInputValidityState()
|
|
{
|
|
SetValidityState(VALIDITY_STATE_BAD_INPUT, HasBadInput());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateAllValidityStates(bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
bool validBefore = IsValid();
|
|
UpdateAllValidityStatesButNotElementState();
|
|
|
|
if (validBefore != IsValid()) {
|
|
UpdateState(aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateAllValidityStatesButNotElementState()
|
|
{
|
|
UpdateTooLongValidityState();
|
|
UpdateTooShortValidityState();
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
|
|
UpdateTypeMismatchValidityState();
|
|
UpdatePatternMismatchValidityState();
|
|
UpdateRangeOverflowValidityState();
|
|
UpdateRangeUnderflowValidityState();
|
|
UpdateStepMismatchValidityState();
|
|
UpdateBadInputValidityState();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation()
|
|
{
|
|
SetBarredFromConstraintValidation(mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_HIDDEN ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_BUTTON ||
|
|
mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_RESET ||
|
|
HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::readonly) ||
|
|
IsDisabled());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetValidationMessage(nsAString& aValidationMessage,
|
|
ValidityStateType aType)
|
|
{
|
|
return mInputType->GetValidationMessage(aValidationMessage, aType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsSingleLineTextControl() const
|
|
{
|
|
return IsSingleLineTextControl(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsTextArea() const
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::IsPasswordTextControl() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mType == NS_FORM_INPUT_PASSWORD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(int32_t)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetCols()
|
|
{
|
|
// Else we know (assume) it is an input with size attr
|
|
const nsAttrValue* attr = GetParsedAttr(nsGkAtoms::size);
|
|
if (attr && attr->Type() == nsAttrValue::eInteger) {
|
|
int32_t cols = attr->GetIntegerValue();
|
|
if (cols > 0) {
|
|
return cols;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DEFAULT_COLS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(int32_t)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetWrapCols()
|
|
{
|
|
return 0; // only textarea's can have wrap cols
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(int32_t)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetRows()
|
|
{
|
|
return DEFAULT_ROWS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetDefaultValueFromContent(nsAString& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState *state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
GetDefaultValue(aValue);
|
|
// This is called by the frame to show the value.
|
|
// We have to sanitize it when needed.
|
|
if (mDoneCreating) {
|
|
SanitizeValue(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::ValueChanged() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mValueChanged;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetTextEditorValue(nsAString& aValue,
|
|
bool aIgnoreWrap) const
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
state->GetValue(aValue, aIgnoreWrap);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::InitializeKeyboardEventListeners()
|
|
{
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
state->InitializeKeyboardEventListeners();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::OnValueChanged(bool aNotify, bool aWasInteractiveUserChange)
|
|
{
|
|
mLastValueChangeWasInteractive = aWasInteractiveUserChange;
|
|
|
|
UpdateAllValidityStates(aNotify);
|
|
|
|
if (HasDirAuto()) {
|
|
SetDirectionFromValue(aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// :placeholder-shown pseudo-class may change when the value changes.
|
|
// However, we don't want to waste cycles if the state doesn't apply.
|
|
if (PlaceholderApplies() &&
|
|
HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::placeholder)) {
|
|
UpdateState(aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(bool)
|
|
HTMLInputElement::HasCachedSelection()
|
|
{
|
|
bool isCached = false;
|
|
nsTextEditorState* state = GetEditorState();
|
|
if (state) {
|
|
isCached = state->IsSelectionCached() &&
|
|
state->HasNeverInitializedBefore() &&
|
|
state->GetSelectionProperties().GetStart() !=
|
|
state->GetSelectionProperties().GetEnd();
|
|
if (isCached) {
|
|
state->WillInitEagerly();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return isCached;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::FieldSetDisabledChanged(bool aNotify)
|
|
{
|
|
// This *has* to be called *before* UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation and
|
|
// UpdateValueMissingValidityState because these two functions depend on our
|
|
// disabled state.
|
|
nsGenericHTMLFormElementWithState::FieldSetDisabledChanged(aNotify);
|
|
|
|
UpdateValueMissingValidityState();
|
|
UpdateBarredFromConstraintValidation();
|
|
UpdateState(aNotify);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::SetFilePickerFiltersFromAccept(nsIFilePicker* filePicker)
|
|
{
|
|
// We always add |filterAll|
|
|
filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterAll);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::accept),
|
|
"You should not call SetFilePickerFiltersFromAccept if the"
|
|
" element has no accept attribute!");
|
|
|
|
// Services to retrieve image/*, audio/*, video/* filters
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringService =
|
|
mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
|
|
if (!stringService) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> filterBundle;
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(stringService->CreateBundle("chrome://global/content/filepicker.properties",
|
|
getter_AddRefs(filterBundle)))) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Service to retrieve mime type information for mime types filters
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/mime;1");
|
|
if (!mimeService) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString accept;
|
|
GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::accept, accept);
|
|
|
|
HTMLSplitOnSpacesTokenizer tokenizer(accept, ',');
|
|
|
|
nsTArray<nsFilePickerFilter> filters;
|
|
nsString allExtensionsList;
|
|
|
|
bool allMimeTypeFiltersAreValid = true;
|
|
bool atLeastOneFileExtensionFilter = false;
|
|
|
|
// Retrieve all filters
|
|
while (tokenizer.hasMoreTokens()) {
|
|
const nsDependentSubstring& token = tokenizer.nextToken();
|
|
|
|
if (token.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t filterMask = 0;
|
|
nsString filterName;
|
|
nsString extensionListStr;
|
|
|
|
// First, check for image/audio/video filters...
|
|
if (token.EqualsLiteral("image/*")) {
|
|
filterMask = nsIFilePicker::filterImages;
|
|
filterBundle->GetStringFromName("imageFilter",
|
|
extensionListStr);
|
|
} else if (token.EqualsLiteral("audio/*")) {
|
|
filterMask = nsIFilePicker::filterAudio;
|
|
filterBundle->GetStringFromName("audioFilter",
|
|
extensionListStr);
|
|
} else if (token.EqualsLiteral("video/*")) {
|
|
filterMask = nsIFilePicker::filterVideo;
|
|
filterBundle->GetStringFromName("videoFilter",
|
|
extensionListStr);
|
|
} else if (token.First() == '.') {
|
|
if (token.Contains(';') || token.Contains('*')) {
|
|
// Ignore this filter as it contains reserved characters
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
extensionListStr = NS_LITERAL_STRING("*") + token;
|
|
filterName = extensionListStr;
|
|
atLeastOneFileExtensionFilter = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
//... if no image/audio/video filter is found, check mime types filters
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEInfo> mimeInfo;
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(mimeService->GetFromTypeAndExtension(
|
|
NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(token),
|
|
EmptyCString(), // No extension
|
|
getter_AddRefs(mimeInfo))) ||
|
|
!mimeInfo) {
|
|
allMimeTypeFiltersAreValid = false;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get a name for the filter: first try the description, then the mime type
|
|
// name if there is no description
|
|
mimeInfo->GetDescription(filterName);
|
|
if (filterName.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
nsCString mimeTypeName;
|
|
mimeInfo->GetType(mimeTypeName);
|
|
CopyUTF8toUTF16(mimeTypeName, filterName);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get extension list
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIUTF8StringEnumerator> extensions;
|
|
mimeInfo->GetFileExtensions(getter_AddRefs(extensions));
|
|
|
|
bool hasMore;
|
|
while (NS_SUCCEEDED(extensions->HasMore(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
|
|
nsCString extension;
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(extensions->GetNext(extension))) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!extensionListStr.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
extensionListStr.AppendLiteral("; ");
|
|
}
|
|
extensionListStr += NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.") +
|
|
NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(extension);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!filterMask && (extensionListStr.IsEmpty() || filterName.IsEmpty())) {
|
|
// No valid filter found
|
|
allMimeTypeFiltersAreValid = false;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we arrived here, that means we have a valid filter: let's create it
|
|
// and add it to our list, if no similar filter is already present
|
|
nsFilePickerFilter filter;
|
|
if (filterMask) {
|
|
filter = nsFilePickerFilter(filterMask);
|
|
} else {
|
|
filter = nsFilePickerFilter(filterName, extensionListStr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!filters.Contains(filter)) {
|
|
if (!allExtensionsList.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
allExtensionsList.AppendLiteral("; ");
|
|
}
|
|
allExtensionsList += extensionListStr;
|
|
filters.AppendElement(filter);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Remove similar filters
|
|
// Iterate over a copy, as we might modify the original filters list
|
|
nsTArray<nsFilePickerFilter> filtersCopy;
|
|
filtersCopy = filters;
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < filtersCopy.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
const nsFilePickerFilter& filterToCheck = filtersCopy[i];
|
|
if (filterToCheck.mFilterMask) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
for (uint32_t j = 0; j < filtersCopy.Length(); ++j) {
|
|
if (i == j) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
// Check if this filter's extension list is a substring of the other one.
|
|
// e.g. if filters are "*.jpeg" and "*.jpeg; *.jpg" the first one should
|
|
// be removed.
|
|
// Add an extra "; " to be sure the check will work and avoid cases like
|
|
// "*.xls" being a subtring of "*.xslx" while those are two differents
|
|
// filters and none should be removed.
|
|
if (FindInReadable(filterToCheck.mFilter + NS_LITERAL_STRING(";"),
|
|
filtersCopy[j].mFilter + NS_LITERAL_STRING(";"))) {
|
|
// We already have a similar, less restrictive filter (i.e.
|
|
// filterToCheck extensionList is just a subset of another filter
|
|
// extension list): remove this one
|
|
filters.RemoveElement(filterToCheck);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add "All Supported Types" filter
|
|
if (filters.Length() > 1) {
|
|
nsAutoString title;
|
|
nsContentUtils::GetLocalizedString(nsContentUtils::eFORMS_PROPERTIES,
|
|
"AllSupportedTypes", title);
|
|
filePicker->AppendFilter(title, allExtensionsList);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add each filter
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < filters.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
const nsFilePickerFilter& filter = filters[i];
|
|
if (filter.mFilterMask) {
|
|
filePicker->AppendFilters(filter.mFilterMask);
|
|
} else {
|
|
filePicker->AppendFilter(filter.mTitle, filter.mFilter);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (filters.Length() >= 1 &&
|
|
(allMimeTypeFiltersAreValid || atLeastOneFileExtensionFilter)) {
|
|
// |filterAll| will always use index=0 so we need to set index=1 as the
|
|
// current filter.
|
|
filePicker->SetFilterIndex(1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetStepScaleFactor() const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(DoesStepApply());
|
|
|
|
switch (mType) {
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
return kStepScaleFactorDate;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
|
|
return kStepScaleFactorNumberRange;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
return kStepScaleFactorTime;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
return kStepScaleFactorMonth;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
return kStepScaleFactorWeek;
|
|
default:
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Unrecognized input type");
|
|
return Decimal::nan();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetDefaultStep() const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(DoesStepApply());
|
|
|
|
switch (mType) {
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATE:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_MONTH:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_WEEK:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_NUMBER:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_RANGE:
|
|
return kDefaultStep;
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_TIME:
|
|
case NS_FORM_INPUT_DATETIME_LOCAL:
|
|
return kDefaultStepTime;
|
|
default:
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Unrecognized input type");
|
|
return Decimal::nan();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateValidityUIBits(bool aIsFocused)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aIsFocused) {
|
|
// If the invalid UI is shown, we should show it while focusing (and
|
|
// update). Otherwise, we should not.
|
|
mCanShowInvalidUI = !IsValid() && ShouldShowValidityUI();
|
|
|
|
// If neither invalid UI nor valid UI is shown, we shouldn't show the valid
|
|
// UI while typing.
|
|
mCanShowValidUI = ShouldShowValidityUI();
|
|
} else {
|
|
mCanShowInvalidUI = true;
|
|
mCanShowValidUI = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateHasRange()
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* There is a range if min/max applies for the type and if the element
|
|
* currently have a valid min or max.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mHasRange = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!DoesMinMaxApply()) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal minimum = GetMinimum();
|
|
if (!minimum.isNaN()) {
|
|
mHasRange = true;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decimal maximum = GetMaximum();
|
|
if (!maximum.isNaN()) {
|
|
mHasRange = true;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::PickerClosed()
|
|
{
|
|
mPickerRunning = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
JSObject*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::WrapNode(JSContext* aCx, JS::Handle<JSObject*> aGivenProto)
|
|
{
|
|
return HTMLInputElementBinding::Wrap(aCx, this, aGivenProto);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetFilesHelper*
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetOrCreateGetFilesHelper(bool aRecursiveFlag,
|
|
ErrorResult& aRv)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mFileData);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(global);
|
|
if (!global) {
|
|
aRv.Throw(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRecursiveFlag) {
|
|
if (!mFileData->mGetFilesRecursiveHelper) {
|
|
mFileData->mGetFilesRecursiveHelper =
|
|
GetFilesHelper::Create(global,
|
|
GetFilesOrDirectoriesInternal(),
|
|
aRecursiveFlag, aRv);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(aRv.Failed())) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mFileData->mGetFilesRecursiveHelper;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!mFileData->mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper) {
|
|
mFileData->mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper =
|
|
GetFilesHelper::Create(global,
|
|
GetFilesOrDirectoriesInternal(),
|
|
aRecursiveFlag, aRv);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(aRv.Failed())) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mFileData->mGetFilesNonRecursiveHelper;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::UpdateEntries(const nsTArray<OwningFileOrDirectory>& aFilesOrDirectories)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(mFileData && mFileData->mEntries.IsEmpty());
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIGlobalObject> global = OwnerDoc()->GetScopeObject();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(global);
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<FileSystem> fs = FileSystem::Create(global);
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(!fs)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Sequence<RefPtr<FileSystemEntry>> entries;
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aFilesOrDirectories.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
RefPtr<FileSystemEntry> entry =
|
|
FileSystemEntry::Create(global, aFilesOrDirectories[i], fs);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(entry);
|
|
|
|
if (!entries.AppendElement(entry, fallible)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The root fileSystem is a DirectoryEntry object that contains only the
|
|
// dropped fileEntry and directoryEntry objects.
|
|
fs->CreateRoot(entries);
|
|
|
|
mFileData->mEntries.SwapElements(entries);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetWebkitEntries(nsTArray<RefPtr<FileSystemEntry>>& aSequence)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_WARN_IF(mType != NS_FORM_INPUT_FILE)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Telemetry::Accumulate(Telemetry::BLINK_FILESYSTEM_USED, true);
|
|
aSequence.AppendElements(mFileData->mEntries);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<nsINodeList>
|
|
HTMLInputElement::GetLabels()
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsLabelable()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsGenericHTMLElement::Labels();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} // namespace dom
|
|
} // namespace mozilla
|
|
|
|
#undef NS_ORIGINAL_CHECKED_VALUE
|